User's Guide secton on target hardware setup
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009-2010 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developers
64 * JTAG Hardware Dongles:: JTAG Hardware Dongles
65 * About JIM-Tcl:: About JIM-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Interface - Dongle Configuration:: Interface - Dongle Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
76 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
77 * General Commands:: General Commands
78 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
79 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
80 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
81 * TFTP:: TFTP
82 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
83 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
84 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
85 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
86 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
87
88 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
89 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
90 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
91 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
92 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
93 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
94 @end menu
95
96 @node About
97 @unnumbered About
98 @cindex about
99
100 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
101 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
102 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
103 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
104 around the world.
105
106 @section What is OpenOCD?
107 @cindex TAP
108 @cindex JTAG
109
110 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
111 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
112 devices.
113
114 @b{JTAG:} OpenOCD uses a ``hardware interface dongle'' to communicate
115 with the JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
116 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
117 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
118 between chips and boards.
119
120 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
121 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
122 OpenOCD internally. @xref{JTAG Hardware Dongles}.
123
124 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
125 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
126 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3 and ST STM32) based cores to be
127 debugged via the GDB protocol.
128
129 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
130 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
131 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC2000, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U, STR7x, STR9x, LM3, and
132 STM32x). Preliminary support for various NAND flash controllers
133 (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
134
135 @section OpenOCD Web Site
136
137 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
138
139 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/web/}
140
141 @section Latest User's Guide:
142
143 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
144 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
145 Its HTML form is published irregularly at:
146
147 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/html/index.html}
148
149 PDF form is likewise published at:
150
151 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
152
153 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
154
155 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
156 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
157 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
158 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
159 instead of this forum.
160
161 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
162
163
164 @node Developers
165 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
166 @cindex developers
167
168 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
169 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
170 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
171 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
172
173 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
174 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
175
176 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
177
178 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
179 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
180
181 @uref{git://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/openocd/openocd}
182
183 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
184
185 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
186
187 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
188 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
189 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
190 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
191 needing a GIT client:
192
193 @uref{http://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=openocd/openocd}
194
195 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
196
197 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
198 from the repository or a snapshot.
199
200 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
201 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
202 Patches created against older versions may require additional
203 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
204
205 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
206
207 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
208 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
209 technical information about the software internals, development
210 processes, and similar documentation:
211
212 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/index.html}
213
214 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
215 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
216 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
217
218 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
219
220 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
221 communication between developers:
222
223 @uref{https://lists.berlios.de/mailman/listinfo/openocd-development}
224
225 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
226 The @file{PATCHES.txt} file contains basic information about how
227 to prepare patches.
228
229
230 @node JTAG Hardware Dongles
231 @chapter JTAG Hardware Dongles
232 @cindex dongles
233 @cindex FTDI
234 @cindex wiggler
235 @cindex zy1000
236 @cindex printer port
237 @cindex USB Adapter
238 @cindex RTCK
239
240 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
241 an adapter .... [snip]
242
243 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapater} one
244 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. The
245 execption being the Zylin ZY1000 which is a small box you attach via
246 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
247 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
248 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
249 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
250
251
252 @section Choosing a Dongle
253
254 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
255
256 @enumerate
257 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
258 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
259 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
260 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
261 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
262 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
263 Ethernet port needed?
264 @item @b{RTCK} Do you require RTCK? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
265 @end enumerate
266
267 @section Stand alone Systems
268
269 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.zylin.com/zy1000.html} Technically, not a
270 dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
271 not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
272 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
273 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
274
275 @section USB FT2232 Based
276
277 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
278 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
279 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
280 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
281 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
282 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters.
283
284 @itemize @bullet
285 @item @b{usbjtag}
286 @* Link @url{http://www.hs-augsburg.de/~hhoegl/proj/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
287 @item @b{jtagkey}
288 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
289 @item @b{jtagkey2}
290 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
291 @item @b{oocdlink}
292 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
293 @item @b{signalyzer}
294 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
295 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
296 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
297 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
298 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
299 These boards can also be used as JTAG adapters to other target boards,
300 disabling the Stellaris chip.
301 @item @b{Luminary ICDI}
302 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - Luminary In-Circuit Debug
303 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B90 and LM3S9B92
304 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
305 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
306 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
307 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
308 @item @b{flyswatter}
309 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
310 @item @b{turtelizer2}
311 @* See:
312 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
313 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
314 @item @b{comstick}
315 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
316 @item @b{stm32stick}
317 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
318 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
319 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com}
320 @item @b{cortino}
321 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
322 @end itemize
323
324 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
325
326 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
327 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
328 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
329 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
330 or emulate this protocol using some other hardware.
331
332 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
333 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
334 (see the section on driver commands).
335
336 @itemize
337 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
338 @* Link: @url{http://www.ixo.de/info/usb_jtag/}
339 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
340 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
341 @end itemize
342
343 @section USB JLINK based
344 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
345 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
346 AT91SAM764 internally.
347
348 @itemize @bullet
349 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
350 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
351 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
352 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
353 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
354 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/website1/1.0.1.0/369/1/index.php}
355 @end itemize
356
357 @section USB RLINK based
358 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer, permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
359
360 @itemize @bullet
361 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
362 @* Link: @url{http://www.raisonance.com/products/RLink.php}
363 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
364 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
365 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
366 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
367 @end itemize
368
369 @section USB Other
370 @itemize @bullet
371 @item @b{USBprog}
372 @* Link: @url{http://www.embedded-projects.net/usbprog} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
373
374 @item @b{USB - Presto}
375 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
376
377 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
378 @* Link: @url{http://www.simonqian.com/en/Versaloon}
379
380 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
381 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
382 @end itemize
383
384 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
385
386 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
387 and the MacGraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
388 these on the market.
389
390 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
391 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
392 of USB-based ones.
393
394 @itemize @bullet
395
396 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
397 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
398
399 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
400 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
401 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
402
403 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
404 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
405
406 @item @b{GW16402}
407 @* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
408
409 @item @b{Wiggler2}
410 @*@uref{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/@/~michaels/@/index.php/hardware/@/armjtag,
411 Improved parallel-port wiggler-style JTAG adapter}
412
413 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
414 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
415
416 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
417 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
418
419 @item @b{arm-jtag}
420 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
421
422 @item @b{chameleon}
423 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
424
425 @item @b{Triton}
426 @* Unknown.
427
428 @item @b{Lattice}
429 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
430 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
431
432 @item @b{flashlink}
433 @* From ST Microsystems;
434 @uref{http://www.st.com/stonline/@/products/literature/um/7889.pdf,
435 FlashLINK JTAG programing cable for PSD and uPSD}
436
437 @end itemize
438
439 @section Other...
440 @itemize @bullet
441
442 @item @b{ep93xx}
443 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
444
445 @item @b{at91rm9200}
446 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
447
448 @end itemize
449
450 @node About JIM-Tcl
451 @chapter About JIM-Tcl
452 @cindex JIM Tcl
453 @cindex tcl
454
455 OpenOCD includes a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as JIM-Tcl.
456 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
457 command interpreter.
458
459 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to JIM-Tcl.
460 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
461 much of anything about Tcl.
462 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
463
464 You can learn more about JIM at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
465
466 @itemize @bullet
467 @item @b{JIM vs. Tcl}
468 @* JIM-TCL is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
469 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. JIM-Tcl has far
470 fewer features. JIM-Tcl is a single .C file and a single .H file and
471 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
472 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
473
474 @item @b{Missing Features}
475 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
476 needed. We welcome JIM Tcl improvements, not bloat.
477
478 @item @b{Scripts}
479 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are JIM Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
480 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
481 JIM-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
482
483 @item @b{Commands}
484 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB mon command) one
485 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
486 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
487 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
488
489 @item @b{Historical Note}
490 @* JIM-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008.
491
492 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
493 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
494 @end itemize
495
496 @node Running
497 @chapter Running
498 @cindex command line options
499 @cindex logfile
500 @cindex directory search
501
502 The @option{--help} option shows:
503 @verbatim
504 bash$ openocd --help
505
506 --help | -h display this help
507 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
508 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
509 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
510 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
511 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
512 --command | -c run <command>
513 --pipe | -p use pipes when talking to gdb
514 @end verbatim
515
516 By default OpenOCD reads the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
517 To specify a different (or multiple)
518 configuration file, you can use the @option{-f} option. For example:
519
520 @example
521 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
522 @end example
523
524 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
525 @enumerate
526 @item the current directory,
527 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
528 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
529 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
530 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
531 @end enumerate
532 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
533
534 @section Simple setup, no customization
535
536 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
537 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
538 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
539 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
540 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
541
542 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
543 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
544 the server like:
545
546 @example
547 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
548 @end example
549
550 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
551 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
552 If all goes well you'll see output something like
553
554 @example
555 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
556 For bug reports, read
557 http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
558 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
559 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
560 @end example
561
562 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
563 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
564 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
565
566 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
567
568 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
569 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
570 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
571 @xref{Configuration Stage}.
572 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
573 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
574 ensure that this always succeeds.
575 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
576 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
577 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
578 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
579
580 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
581 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
582 those channels.
583
584 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
585 the @option{-d} option.
586
587 Also it is possible to interleave JIM-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
588 @option{-c} command line switch.
589
590 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
591 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
592 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
593 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
594 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
595 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level
596 <n>} (@pxref{debug_level}).
597
598 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
599 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
600
601 For details on the @option{-p} option. @xref{Connecting to GDB}.
602
603 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
604 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
605 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
606 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
607
608 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
609 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
610
611 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
612 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
613 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
614 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
615 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
616 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
617 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
618
619 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
620
621 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
622 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
623 and a USB cable on the other.
624 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
625 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
626
627 @enumerate
628 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
629 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
630 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
631 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
632 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
633 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
634 debugging host.
635
636 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
637 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
638 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
639 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
640 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
641
642 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
643 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
644 with 1.2 Volt boards.
645
646 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
647 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
648 ways to connect the cable.
649 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
650 Be sure it's firmly connected.
651
652 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
653 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
654 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
655 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
656 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
657 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
658 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
659 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
660
661 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
662 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
663 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
664 but are tedious to set up.
665 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
666 adapter signals to the right board pins.
667
668 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
669 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
670 you are using to run OpenOCD.
671 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
672
673 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
674 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If that host is an
675 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
676
677 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
678 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
679 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
680
681 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
682 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
683 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
684 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
685
686 @end enumerate
687
688 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
689 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
690 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
691
692 @section Project Directory
693
694 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
695
696 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
697 single directory for your work with a given board.
698 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
699 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
700 files accessed through semihosting,
701 and for code you upload to the target board.
702 It is also the natural place to write files,
703 such as log files and data you download from the board.
704
705 @section Configuration Basics
706
707 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
708 a variety of ways you can mix them.
709 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
710
711 @itemize
712 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
713 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
714 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
715 @end itemize
716
717 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
718 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
719 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
720
721 @example
722 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
723
724 # GDB can also flash my flash!
725 gdb_memory_map enable
726 gdb_flash_program enable
727
728 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
729 @end example
730
731 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
732
733 @example
734 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
735 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
736 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
737 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
738 @end example
739
740 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
741 each supporting a different development task.
742 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
743 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
744
745 @quotation Important
746 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
747 problems with how it treats variables.
748 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
749 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
750 that can be tested in a later script.
751 @end quotation
752
753 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
754 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
755 to simplify your work.
756
757 @section User Config Files
758 @cindex config file, user
759 @cindex user config file
760 @cindex config file, overview
761
762 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
763 in one place.
764 One of the following will match your situation best:
765
766 @itemize
767 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
768 provided by someone else.
769 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
770 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
771 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
772 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
773 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
774 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
775
776 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
777 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
778
779 @enumerate
780 @item @b{interface} -- one for each kind of JTAG adapter/dongle
781 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
782 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
783 @end enumerate
784
785 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
786 The first is an interface config file.
787 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
788 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
789 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
790 meet your deadline:
791
792 @example
793 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
794 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
795 @end example
796
797 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
798 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
799 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
800 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
801
802 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
803 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
804 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
805 Once you find the TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
806 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
807 @xref{Autoprobing}.
808
809 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
810 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
811 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
812 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
813
814 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
815 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
816 giving access to your particular flash chips.
817 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
818 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
819
820 @quotation Note
821 When you write new configuration files, please submit
822 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
823 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
824 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
825 will help support users of any board using that chip.
826 @end quotation
827
828 @item
829 You may may need to write some C code.
830 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
831 based dongle; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
832 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
833 a new chip architecture.
834 @end itemize
835
836 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
837 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
838 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
839
840 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
841 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
842 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
843 @itemize
844
845 @item
846 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
847 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
848 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
849 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
850
851 @item
852 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
853 @cindex vector_catch
854 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
855 and @command{cortex_m3 vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
856 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
857 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
858 along with messaging and tracing setup.
859 (@xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
860
861 @item
862 You might need to override some defaults.
863 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
864 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
865
866 @item
867 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
868 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
869 a user config file. @xref{TCP/IP Ports}.
870 @end itemize
871
872 @section Project-Specific Utilities
873
874 A few project-specific utility
875 routines may well speed up your work.
876 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
877
878 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
879 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
880 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
881 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
882 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
883 may help:
884
885 @example
886 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
887 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
888 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
889 # Leave the CPU halted.
890 reset init
891
892 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
893 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
894
895 # Start running.
896 resume 0x20000000
897 @}
898 @end example
899
900 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
901 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
902 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
903 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
904 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
905
906 @example
907 proc newboot @{ @} @{
908 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
909 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
910 # "reset halt" would be slower.
911 reset init
912
913 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
914 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
915 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
916 flash protect 0 0 1 off
917 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
918 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
919 flash protect 0 0 1 on
920
921 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
922 reset run
923 @}
924 @end example
925
926 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
927 from NAND.
928 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
929 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
930 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
931
932 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
933 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
934
935 @section Target Software Changes
936
937 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
938 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
939 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
940 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
941 handling issues like:
942
943 @itemize @bullet
944
945 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
946 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
947 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
948 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
949 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
950 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
951 your debug sessions.
952
953 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
954 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
955 That might however be your only option.
956
957 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
958 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
959 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
960 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
961 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
962 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
963 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
964 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
965 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
966 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
967 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
968 instead of the whole thing.
969 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
970 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
971
972 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
973 @cindex ARM semihosting
974 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
975 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
976 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
977 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
978 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
979 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
980 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
981 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
982 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
983 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
984 NAND or SPI flash.
985
986 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
987 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
988 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
989 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
990 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
991
992 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
993 or otherwise prevent using that state,
994 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
995 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
996 registers which can be used to change various features including
997 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
998 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
999 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1000 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1001 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1002
1003 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1004 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1005 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1006 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1007 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1008
1009 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1010 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1011 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1012 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1013 early code execution can be debugged
1014 or firmware can be replaced.
1015
1016 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1017 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1018 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1019 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1020 operations like writing to memory.)
1021
1022 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1023 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1024 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1025 various kinds of message.
1026 @xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1027
1028 @end itemize
1029
1030 @section Target Hardware Setup
1031
1032 Chip vendors often provide software development boards which
1033 are highly configurable, so that they can support all options
1034 that product boards may require. @emph{Make sure that any
1035 jumpers or switches match the system configuration you are
1036 working with.}
1037
1038 Common issues include:
1039
1040 @itemize @bullet
1041
1042 @item @b{JTAG setup} ...
1043 Boards may support more than one JTAG configuration.
1044 Examples include jumpers controlling pullups versus pulldowns
1045 on the nTRST and/or nSRST signals, and choice of connectors
1046 (e.g. which of two headers on the base board,
1047 or one from a daughtercard).
1048 For some Texas Instruments boards, you may need to jumper the
1049 EMU0 and EMU1 signals (which OpenOCD won't currently control).
1050
1051 @item @b{Boot Modes} ...
1052 Complex chips often support multiple boot modes, controlled
1053 by external jumpers. Make sure this is set up correctly.
1054 For example many i.MX boards from NXP need to be jumpered
1055 to "ATX mode" to start booting using the on-chip ROM, when
1056 using second stage bootloader code stored in a NAND flash chip.
1057
1058 Such explicit configuration is common, and not limited to
1059 booting from NAND. You might also need to set jumpers to
1060 start booting using code loaded from an MMC/SD card; external
1061 SPI flash; Ethernet, UART, or USB links; NOR flash; OneNAND
1062 flash; some external host; or various other sources.
1063
1064
1065 @item @b{Memory Addressing} ...
1066 Boards which support multiple boot modes may also have jumpers
1067 to configure memory addressing. One board, for example, jumpers
1068 external chipselect 0 (used for booting) to address either
1069 a large SRAM (which must be pre-loaded via JTAG), NOR flash,
1070 or NAND flash. When it's jumpered to address NAND flash, that
1071 board must also be told to start booting from on-chip ROM.
1072
1073 Your @file{board.cfg} file may also need to be told this jumper
1074 configuration, so that it can know whether to declare NOR flash
1075 using @command{flash bank} or instead declare NAND flash with
1076 @command{nand device}; and likewise which probe to perform in
1077 its @code{reset-init} handler.
1078
1079 A closely related issue is bus width. Jumpers might need to
1080 distinguish between 8 bit or 16 bit bus access for the flash
1081 used to start booting.
1082
1083 @item @b{Peripheral Access} ...
1084 Development boards generally provide access to every peripheral
1085 on the chip, sometimes in multiple modes (such as by providing
1086 multiple audio codec chips).
1087 This interacts with software
1088 configuration of pin multiplexing, where for example a
1089 given pin may be routed either to the MMC/SD controller
1090 or the GPIO controller. It also often interacts with
1091 configuration jumpers. One jumper may be used to route
1092 signals to an MMC/SD card slot or an expansion bus (which
1093 might in turn affect booting); others might control which
1094 audio or video codecs are used.
1095
1096 @end itemize
1097
1098 Plus you should of course have @code{reset-init} event handlers
1099 which set up the hardware to match that jumper configuration.
1100 That includes in particular any oscillator or PLL used to clock
1101 the CPU, and any memory controllers needed to access external
1102 memory and peripherals. Without such handlers, you won't be
1103 able to access those resources without working target firmware
1104 which can do that setup ... this can be awkward when you're
1105 trying to debug that target firmware. Even if there's a ROM
1106 bootloader which handles a few issues, it rarely provides full
1107 access to all board-specific capabilities.
1108
1109
1110 @node Config File Guidelines
1111 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1112
1113 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1114 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1115 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1116 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1117
1118 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1119 with files including the ones listed here.
1120 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1121 @itemize @bullet
1122 @item @file{interface} ...
1123 think JTAG Dongle. Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1124 @example
1125 $ ls interface
1126 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg oocdlink.cfg
1127 arm-usb-ocd.cfg icebear.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1128 at91rm9200.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
1129 axm0432.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1130 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg rlink.cfg
1131 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1132 calao-usb-a9260.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1133 chameleon.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1134 cortino.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1135 dummy.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg usbprog.cfg
1136 flyswatter.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg vsllink.cfg
1137 $
1138 @end example
1139 @item @file{board} ...
1140 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1141 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1142 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1143 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1144 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1145 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1146 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1147 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1148 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1149 a CPU and an FPGA.
1150 @example
1151 $ ls board
1152 arm_evaluator7t.cfg keil_mcb1700.cfg
1153 at91rm9200-dk.cfg keil_mcb2140.cfg
1154 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg linksys_nslu2.cfg
1155 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg logicpd_imx27.cfg
1156 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg mini2440.cfg
1157 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1158 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1159 csb337.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1160 csb732.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1161 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1162 dm355evm.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1163 dm365evm.cfg osk5912.cfg
1164 dm6446evm.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1165 eir.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1166 ek-lm3s1968.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1167 ek-lm3s3748.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1168 ek-lm3s811.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1169 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm32f10x_128k_eval.cfg
1170 hammer.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1171 hitex_lpc2929.cfg telo.cfg
1172 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1173 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg topas910.cfg
1174 iar_str912_sk.cfg topasa900.cfg
1175 imx27ads.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1176 imx27lnst.cfg x300t.cfg
1177 imx31pdk.cfg zy1000.cfg
1178 $
1179 @end example
1180 @item @file{target} ...
1181 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1182 on a chip
1183 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1184 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1185 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1186 the target config file defines all of them.
1187 @example
1188 $ ls target
1189 aduc702x.cfg imx27.cfg pxa255.cfg
1190 ar71xx.cfg imx31.cfg pxa270.cfg
1191 at91eb40a.cfg imx35.cfg readme.txt
1192 at91r40008.cfg is5114.cfg sam7se512.cfg
1193 at91rm9200.cfg ixp42x.cfg sam7x256.cfg
1194 at91sam3u1c.cfg lm3s1968.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1195 at91sam3u1e.cfg lm3s3748.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1196 at91sam3u2c.cfg lm3s6965.cfg samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1197 at91sam3u2e.cfg lm3s811.cfg samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1198 at91sam3u4c.cfg lm3s9b9x.cfg samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1199 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc1768.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1200 at91sam3uXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1201 at91sam7sx.cfg lpc2124.cfg smp8634.cfg
1202 at91sam9260.cfg lpc2129.cfg stm32.cfg
1203 c100.cfg lpc2148.cfg str710.cfg
1204 c100config.tcl lpc2294.cfg str730.cfg
1205 c100helper.tcl lpc2378.cfg str750.cfg
1206 c100regs.tcl lpc2478.cfg str912.cfg
1207 cs351x.cfg lpc2900.cfg telo.cfg
1208 davinci.cfg mega128.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1209 dragonite.cfg netx500.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1210 epc9301.cfg omap2420.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1211 feroceon.cfg omap3530.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1212 icepick.cfg omap5912.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1213 imx21.cfg pic32mx.cfg xba_revA3.cfg
1214 $
1215 @end example
1216 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1217 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1218 @end itemize
1219
1220 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1221 file may override features in any of the above files by
1222 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1223 commands specific to their situation.
1224
1225 @section Interface Config Files
1226
1227 The user config file
1228 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1229
1230 @example
1231 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1232 @end example
1233
1234 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every interface in use
1235 today, that said, perhaps some interfaces have only been used by the
1236 sole developer who created it.
1237
1238 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1239 @xref{Interface - Dongle Configuration}.
1240 Read the OpenOCD source code if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1241 and need to provide a driver for it.
1242
1243 @section Board Config Files
1244 @cindex config file, board
1245 @cindex board config file
1246
1247 The user config file
1248 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1249
1250 @example
1251 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1252 @end example
1253
1254 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1255 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1256 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1257
1258 @enumerate
1259 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1260 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{NOR Configuration})
1261 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{NAND Configuration})
1262 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1263 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1264 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1265 @end enumerate
1266
1267 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1268 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1269 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1270 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1271
1272 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1273 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1274 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1275 configuration works.
1276
1277 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1278
1279 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1280 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1281 convention on how to use certain variables.
1282
1283 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but JIM-Tcl does not.
1284 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1285 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1286 used at will within a target configuration file.
1287
1288 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1289 for a board with three chips:
1290
1291 @example
1292 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1293 set CHIPNAME network
1294 set ENDIAN big
1295 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1296 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1297 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1298 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1299
1300 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1301 set CHIPNAME video
1302 set ENDIAN little
1303 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1304 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1305 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1306 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1307
1308 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1309 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1310 unset ENDIAN
1311 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1312 @end example
1313
1314 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1315 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1316 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1317 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1318 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1319 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1320 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1321 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1322
1323 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1324 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1325 naming collisions.
1326
1327 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1328 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1329 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1330 up other clocks and peripherals.
1331
1332 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1333 @cindex variable names
1334
1335 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1336 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1337 one such chip (as shown above).
1338 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1339 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1340 to promote consistency and
1341 so that board files can override target defaults.
1342
1343 Inputs to target config files include:
1344
1345 @itemize @bullet
1346 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1347 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1348 tap identifier dotted names.
1349 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1350 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1351 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1352 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1353 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1354 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1355 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1356 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1357 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1358 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1359 @end itemize
1360
1361 Outputs from target config files include:
1362
1363 @itemize @bullet
1364 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1365 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1366 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1367 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1368 specific to that board and that target.
1369 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1370 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1371 @end itemize
1372
1373 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1374 @cindex event, reset-init
1375 @cindex reset-init handler
1376
1377 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1378 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1379 fully set up yet.
1380 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1381 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1382 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1383 handler is one of the most important.
1384
1385 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1386 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1387 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1388 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1389 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1390
1391 @quotation Note
1392 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1393 are included here.
1394 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1395 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1396 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1397 (@pxref{Translating Configuration Files}).
1398 @end quotation
1399
1400 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1401 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1402 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1403 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1404 those as parameters.
1405 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1406 and disabling the watchdog.
1407 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1408 the next developer doing such work.
1409 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1410
1411 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1412 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1413 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1414 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1415
1416 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1417
1418 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1419 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1420 a low JTAG clock rate.
1421 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1422 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1423 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1424 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1425 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1426 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1427 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1428
1429 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1430 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1431 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1432 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1433 which might be less than that.
1434
1435 @quotation Warning
1436 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1437 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1438 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1439 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1440 @end quotation
1441
1442 If the board supports adaptive clocking, use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1443 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1444 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{jtag_khz}.
1445 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1446 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1447
1448 @section Target Config Files
1449 @cindex config file, target
1450 @cindex target config file
1451
1452 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1453 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1454 more target config files like this:
1455
1456 @example
1457 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1458 @end example
1459
1460 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1461 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1462 In summary the target files should contain
1463
1464 @enumerate
1465 @item Set defaults
1466 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1467 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1468 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1469 @item On-Chip flash
1470 @end enumerate
1471
1472 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1473 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1474 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1475
1476 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1477 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1478 can talk to the chip.
1479 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1480 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1481 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1482 and other processing engines.
1483
1484 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1485
1486 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1487 letting board config files express environment-specific
1488 differences in how things should be set up.
1489
1490 @example
1491 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1492 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1493 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1494 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1495 @} else @{
1496 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1497 @}
1498
1499 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1500 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1501 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1502 @} else @{
1503 set _ENDIAN little
1504 @}
1505
1506 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1507 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1508 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1509 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1510 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1511 @} else @{
1512 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1513 @}
1514 @end example
1515 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1516
1517 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1518 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1519 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1520
1521 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1522 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1523 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1524
1525 @example
1526 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1527 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1528 @end example
1529
1530 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1531 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1532 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1533 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1534 for taps.
1535
1536 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1537 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1538 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1539 looks (in part) like this:
1540
1541 @example
1542 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1543 @end example
1544
1545 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1546 to source such a config file twice, with different
1547 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1548 it adds a different TAP each time.
1549
1550 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1551 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1552 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1553 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1554
1555 @example
1556 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1557 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1558 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1559 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1560 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1561 @end example
1562
1563 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1564 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1565
1566 @itemize
1567 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1568 plus a JRC to enable them
1569 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1570 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1571 is not currently used)
1572 @end itemize
1573
1574 @subsection Add CPU targets
1575
1576 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1577 GDB and other commands can use it.
1578 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1579 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1580 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1581 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1582
1583 @example
1584 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1585 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1586 @end example
1587
1588 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1589 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1590 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1591 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1592 a work area if you can.
1593 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1594
1595 @example
1596 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1597 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1598 @end example
1599
1600 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1601
1602 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1603 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1604 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1605
1606 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
1607 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
1608 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
1609 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
1610 both signals.
1611
1612 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
1613 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
1614 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
1615 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
1616 don't want to reset all targets at once.
1617 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
1618 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
1619 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
1620 (For Cortex-M3 targets, this is not necessary. The target
1621 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
1622 not available.)
1623
1624 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
1625 they're going to be used with JTAG.
1626 An example might be needing to send some commands right
1627 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
1628 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
1629 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
1630 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
1631 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
1632
1633 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
1634 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
1635 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
1636 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
1637 slower clock than they will use later.
1638 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
1639 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
1640 than they will use later.
1641 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1642
1643 @quotation Important
1644 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
1645 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
1646 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
1647 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
1648 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
1649 @end quotation
1650
1651 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
1652
1653 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
1654 special high speed download features - enable it.
1655
1656 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
1657
1658 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
1659 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
1660 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
1661 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
1662 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
1663 If you are using an external trace port,
1664 configure it in your board config file.
1665 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
1666 configure it in your target config file.
1667
1668 @example
1669 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
1670 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
1671 @end example
1672
1673 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
1674
1675 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
1676
1677 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
1678 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
1679 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
1680 the TARGET (chip) file.
1681
1682 Examples:
1683 @itemize @bullet
1684 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
1685 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
1686 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
1687 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
1688 @end itemize
1689
1690 @anchor{Translating Configuration Files}
1691 @section Translating Configuration Files
1692 @cindex translation
1693 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
1694 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
1695 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
1696 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
1697 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
1698 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
1699
1700 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
1701 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
1702 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
1703 convert other scripts later on.
1704
1705 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
1706 replace job:
1707
1708 @example
1709 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
1710 #
1711 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
1712 #
1713 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
1714 #
1715 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
1716
1717 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
1718 global TARGETNAME
1719
1720 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
1721
1722 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
1723 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
1724 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
1725 @}
1726 @end example
1727
1728
1729
1730 @node Daemon Configuration
1731 @chapter Daemon Configuration
1732 @cindex initialization
1733 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
1734 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
1735 supported.
1736
1737 @anchor{Configuration Stage}
1738 @section Configuration Stage
1739 @cindex configuration stage
1740 @cindex config command
1741
1742 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
1743 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
1744 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
1745 Normally, configuration commands are only available
1746 inside startup scripts.
1747
1748 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
1749 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
1750 which may be issued interactively.
1751 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
1752 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
1753
1754 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
1755 flash banks,
1756 the interface used for JTAG communication,
1757 and other basic setup.
1758 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
1759 may access or activate TAPs.
1760 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
1761 longer be issued.
1762
1763 @section Entering the Run Stage
1764
1765 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
1766 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
1767 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1768 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
1769 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
1770 You should see no errors at this point.
1771 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
1772 commands you used to configure the server.
1773 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
1774 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
1775 on the scan chain.
1776
1777 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
1778 become available.
1779 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
1780 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
1781 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
1782 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
1783 entry to the run stage.
1784
1785 @deffn {Config Command} init
1786 This command terminates the configuration stage and
1787 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
1788 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
1789 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
1790 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
1791 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
1792
1793 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
1794 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
1795 configuration files and/or command line options.
1796
1797 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
1798 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
1799 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
1800 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
1801 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
1802 @end deffn
1803
1804 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
1805 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
1806 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1807
1808 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
1809 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
1810 scan chain.
1811 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
1812 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
1813
1814 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
1815 they return.
1816 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
1817 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
1818 @end deffn
1819
1820 @anchor{TCP/IP Ports}
1821 @section TCP/IP Ports
1822 @cindex TCP port
1823 @cindex server
1824 @cindex port
1825 @cindex security
1826 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
1827 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
1828 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
1829
1830 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
1831 access using one or more of these ports.
1832 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
1833 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
1834 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
1835
1836 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
1837 @cindex GDB server
1838 Specify or query the first port used for incoming GDB connections.
1839 The GDB port for the
1840 first target will be gdb_port, the second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
1841 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1842 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
1843 When specified as zero, GDB remote access ports are not activated.
1844 @end deffn
1845
1846 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
1847 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
1848 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
1849 output from the Tcl engine.
1850 Intended as a machine interface.
1851 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1852 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
1853 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1854 @end deffn
1855
1856 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
1857 Specify or query the
1858 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
1859 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
1860 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1861 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
1862 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1863 @end deffn
1864
1865 @anchor{GDB Configuration}
1866 @section GDB Configuration
1867 @cindex GDB
1868 @cindex GDB configuration
1869 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
1870 The ones listed here are static and global.
1871 @xref{Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
1872 @xref{Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
1873
1874 @anchor{gdb_breakpoint_override}
1875 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
1876 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
1877 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
1878 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
1879 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
1880 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
1881 @end deffn
1882
1883 @anchor{gdb_flash_program}
1884 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1885 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
1886 vFlash packet is received.
1887 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1888 @end deffn
1889
1890 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1891 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
1892 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
1893 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
1894 for flash programming to work.
1895 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1896 @xref{gdb_flash_program}.
1897 @end deffn
1898
1899 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1900 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
1901 by GDB memory read packets.
1902 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
1903 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
1904 @end deffn
1905
1906 @anchor{Event Polling}
1907 @section Event Polling
1908
1909 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
1910 where significant events can happen at any time.
1911 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
1912 so it can report them to through TCL command line
1913 or to GDB.
1914
1915 Examples of such events include:
1916
1917 @itemize
1918 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
1919 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
1920 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
1921 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
1922 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
1923 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
1924 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
1925 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
1926 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
1927 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
1928 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
1929 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
1930 @end itemize
1931
1932 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
1933 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
1934 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
1935 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
1936 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
1937
1938 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
1939 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
1940 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
1941 to the various active targets.
1942 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
1943 which is normally done in the background.
1944
1945 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
1946 Poll the current target for its current state.
1947 (Also, @pxref{target curstate}.)
1948 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
1949 specific information about the current state is printed.
1950 An optional parameter
1951 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
1952
1953 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
1954 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
1955 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
1956 @example
1957 > poll
1958 background polling: on
1959 target state: halted
1960 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
1961 current mode: Supervisor
1962 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
1963 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
1964 >
1965 @end example
1966 @end deffn
1967
1968 @node Interface - Dongle Configuration
1969 @chapter Interface - Dongle Configuration
1970 @cindex config file, interface
1971 @cindex interface config file
1972
1973 JTAG Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
1974 through commands in an interface configuration
1975 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
1976 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
1977
1978 @example
1979 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
1980 @end example
1981
1982 These commands tell
1983 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
1984 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
1985
1986 @example
1987 # jlink interface
1988 interface jlink
1989 @end example
1990
1991 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
1992
1993
1994 @section Interface Configuration
1995
1996 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of JTAG dongle you are
1997 using. Depending on the type of dongle, you may need to have one or
1998 more additional commands.
1999
2000 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
2001 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
2002 target.
2003 @end deffn
2004
2005 @deffn Command {interface_list}
2006 List the interface drivers that have been built into
2007 the running copy of OpenOCD.
2008 @end deffn
2009
2010 @deffn Command {jtag interface}
2011 Returns the name of the interface driver being used.
2012 @end deffn
2013
2014 @section Interface Drivers
2015
2016 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
2017 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
2018 available at run time.
2019
2020 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
2021 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2022 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
2023 This defines some driver-specific commands:
2024
2025 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2026 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2027 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2028 @end deffn
2029
2030 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
2031 Displays status of RTCK option.
2032 Optionally sets that option first.
2033 @end deffn
2034 @end deffn
2035
2036 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
2037 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
2038 This has one driver-specific command:
2039
2040 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
2041 Logs some status
2042 @end deffn
2043 @end deffn
2044
2045 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
2046 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
2047 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
2048 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
2049 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
2050 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
2051 @end deffn
2052
2053 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
2054 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
2055 @end deffn
2056
2057 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
2058 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
2059 @end deffn
2060
2061 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
2062 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
2063 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2064 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2065
2066 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
2067 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2068 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
2069 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2070 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2071 @end deffn
2072
2073 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
2074 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
2075 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
2076 is connected to the host.
2077 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2078 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2079 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2080 @end deffn
2081
2082 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2083 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2084 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2085 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2086 @itemize @minus
2087 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2088 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2089 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2090 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2091 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2092 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2093 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2094 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2095 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most Luminary
2096 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2097 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2098 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2099 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2100 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2101 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2102 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2103 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2104 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2105 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2106 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2107 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2108 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2109 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2110 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2111 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2112 @end itemize
2113 @end deffn
2114
2115 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2116 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2117 default values are used.
2118 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2119 @example
2120 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2121 @end example
2122 @end deffn
2123
2124 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2125 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2126 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2127 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2128 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2129 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2130 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2131 @end deffn
2132
2133 For example, the interface config file for a
2134 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2135
2136 @example
2137 interface ft2232
2138 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2139 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2140 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2141 @end example
2142 @end deffn
2143
2144 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2145 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2146 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2147 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2148
2149 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2150 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2151 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2152 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2153 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2154 @end deffn
2155
2156 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2157 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2158 default values are used.
2159 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2160 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2161 @example
2162 ft2232_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2163 @end example
2164 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2165 @example
2166 ft2232_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2167 @end example
2168 @end deffn
2169
2170 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2171 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2172 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2173 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2174
2175 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2176 @example
2177 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2178 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2179 @end example
2180 @end deffn
2181
2182 @end deffn
2183
2184 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2185 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2186 This has one driver-specific command:
2187
2188 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2189 Display either the address of the I/O port
2190 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2191 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2192 This is a write-once setting.
2193 @end deffn
2194 @end deffn
2195
2196 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2197 Segger jlink USB adapter
2198 @c command: jlink_info
2199 @c dumps status
2200 @c command: jlink_hw_jtag (2|3)
2201 @c sets version 2 or 3
2202 @end deffn
2203
2204 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2205 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2206 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2207 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2208 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2209
2210 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2211 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2212 This is a write-once setting.
2213 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2214
2215 @itemize @minus
2216 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2217 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2218 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2219 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2220 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2221 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2222 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2223 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2224 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2225 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2226 some versions of
2227 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2228 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2229 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2230 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2231 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2232 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2233 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2234 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2235 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2236 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2237 @end itemize
2238 @end deffn
2239
2240 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2241 Display either the address of the I/O port
2242 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2243 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2244 This is a write-once setting.
2245
2246 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2247 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2248 you may encounter a problem.
2249 @end deffn
2250
2251 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2252 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2253 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2254 @command{jtag_khz} configuration.
2255 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2256 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2257
2258 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2259 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2260 @quotation Tip
2261 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2262 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2263 @example
2264 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2265 > jtag_khz 500
2266 @end example
2267 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2268 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2269 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2270 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2271 large set of samples.
2272 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2273 @example
2274 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2275 @end example
2276 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{jtag_khz rate}
2277 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2278
2279 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2280 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2281 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2282 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2283 match for the jtag_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2284 @end quotation
2285 @end deffn
2286
2287 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
2288 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2289 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
2290 @end deffn
2291
2292 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2293 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
2294
2295 @example
2296 interface parport
2297 parport_port 0x278
2298 parport_cable wiggler
2299 @end example
2300 @end deffn
2301
2302 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
2303 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
2304 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
2305 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
2306 @end deffn
2307 @end deffn
2308
2309 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
2310 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
2311 @end deffn
2312
2313 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
2314 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2315 @end deffn
2316
2317 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
2318 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
2319
2320 @quotation Note
2321 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
2322 which are not currently documented here.
2323 @end quotation
2324 @end deffn
2325
2326 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
2327 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
2328
2329 @quotation Note
2330 This defines some driver-specific commands,
2331 which are not currently documented here.
2332 @end quotation
2333
2334 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2335 Turn power switch to target on/off.
2336 No arguments: print status.
2337 @end deffn
2338
2339 @end deffn
2340
2341 @anchor{JTAG Speed}
2342 @section JTAG Speed
2343 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
2344 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
2345 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
2346 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
2347 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
2348 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
2349 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
2350 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
2351 power management software that may be active.
2352
2353 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
2354 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
2355 target event handler.
2356 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
2357 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
2358 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
2359 sets up those clocks).
2360 @xref{Target Events}.
2361 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
2362 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
2363 in the target config file.
2364 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
2365 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
2366 config file instead.
2367 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
2368 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
2369 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
2370
2371 @example
2372 jtag_rclk 3000
2373 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
2374 @end example
2375
2376 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
2377 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
2378 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
2379 may not be the fastest solution.
2380
2381 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
2382 instead of @command{jtag_khz}.
2383
2384 @deffn {Command} jtag_khz max_speed_kHz
2385 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
2386 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
2387 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
2388 than the speed specified.
2389
2390 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
2391 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
2392 and is normally less than that peak rate.
2393 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
2394
2395 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
2396 @xref{FAQ RTCK}.
2397 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
2398 JTAG clocking after setup.
2399 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
2400 If the interface device can not
2401 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
2402 @end deffn
2403
2404 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
2405 @cindex adaptive clocking
2406 @cindex RTCK
2407 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
2408 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
2409 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
2410 @example
2411 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
2412 jtag_rclk 3000
2413 @end example
2414 @end defun
2415
2416 @node Reset Configuration
2417 @chapter Reset Configuration
2418 @cindex Reset Configuration
2419
2420 Every system configuration may require a different reset
2421 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
2422 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
2423 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
2424 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{JTAG Speed}.)
2425 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
2426 Please see the various board files for examples.
2427
2428 @quotation Note
2429 To maintainers and integrators:
2430 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
2431 Normally the board configuration file
2432 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
2433 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
2434
2435 However, the target configuration file could also make note
2436 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
2437 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
2438 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
2439 user configuration file will need to override parts of
2440 the reset configuration provided by other files.
2441 @end quotation
2442
2443 @section Types of Reset
2444
2445 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
2446 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
2447 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
2448
2449 @itemize @bullet
2450 @item
2451 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
2452 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
2453 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
2454 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
2455 @item
2456 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
2457 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
2458 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
2459 device's the TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
2460 @item
2461 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
2462 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
2463 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
2464 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
2465 @item
2466 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
2467 several other types of reset.
2468 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
2469 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
2470 There may be individual module resets.
2471 @end itemize
2472
2473 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
2474 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
2475 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
2476 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
2477 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
2478 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
2479 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
2480 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
2481 (@xref{Reset Command}.)
2482
2483 @anchor{SRST and TRST Issues}
2484 @section SRST and TRST Issues
2485
2486 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
2487 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
2488 common issues are:
2489
2490 @itemize @bullet
2491
2492 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
2493 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
2494 support such signals even if they are wired up.
2495 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
2496 when either of those signals is not connected.
2497 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
2498 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
2499 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG level resets can
2500 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
2501
2502 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
2503 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
2504 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
2505 when those signals aren't properly independent.
2506
2507 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
2508 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
2509 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
2510 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
2511 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
2512 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
2513 hardware debouncing.
2514 Use the @command{jtag_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
2515 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
2516
2517 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
2518 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
2519 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
2520 to use push/pull output drivers.
2521 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
2522 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
2523 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
2524 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
2525
2526 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
2527 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
2528 issues (not limited to errata).
2529 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
2530 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
2531 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
2532 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
2533 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
2534 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
2535 @end itemize
2536
2537 There can also be other issues.
2538 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
2539 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
2540 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
2541 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
2542 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
2543 Agreement (NDA).
2544
2545 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
2546 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
2547 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
2548
2549 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
2550 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
2551
2552 @section Commands for Handling Resets
2553
2554 @deffn {Command} jtag_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
2555 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2556 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
2557 allowing it to be deasserted.
2558 @end deffn
2559
2560 @deffn {Command} jtag_nsrst_delay milliseconds
2561 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2562 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2563 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
2564 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
2565 @end deffn
2566
2567 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
2568 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2569 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
2570 allowing it to be deasserted.
2571 @end deffn
2572
2573 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
2574 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2575 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2576 @end deffn
2577
2578 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
2579 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
2580 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
2581 configuration scripts.
2582
2583 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
2584 the command is intended to address (@pxref{SRST and TRST Issues}).
2585 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
2586 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
2587 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
2588 from a particular combination of interface and board.
2589 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
2590 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
2591
2592 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
2593 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination},
2594 @var{gates},
2595 @var{trst_type},
2596 and @var{srst_type} -- may be specified at a time.
2597 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
2598 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
2599 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
2600 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
2601 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
2602
2603 @itemize
2604 @item
2605 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
2606 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
2607 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
2608 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
2609 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
2610
2611 @quotation Tip
2612 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
2613 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
2614 @end quotation
2615
2616 @item
2617 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
2618 signal implementations.
2619 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
2620 indicating everything behaves normally.
2621 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
2622 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
2623 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
2624 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
2625 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
2626 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
2627 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
2628
2629 @item
2630 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
2631 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
2632 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
2633 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
2634 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
2635 while SRST is asserted.
2636 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
2637 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
2638 @end itemize
2639
2640 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
2641 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
2642 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
2643 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
2644 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
2645
2646 @itemize
2647 @item
2648 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
2649 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
2650 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
2651 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
2652
2653 @item
2654 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
2655 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
2656 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
2657 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
2658 powerup and pressing a reset button.
2659 @end itemize
2660 @end deffn
2661
2662 @section Custom Reset Handling
2663 @cindex events
2664
2665 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
2666 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
2667 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
2668 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
2669 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
2670 at particular points in the reset sequence.
2671
2672 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
2673 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
2674 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
2675 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
2676 want to reset everything at once.
2677
2678 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
2679 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
2680 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
2681 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
2682 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
2683 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
2684 needs special attention.
2685
2686 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
2687 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
2688 to find a sequence of operations that works.
2689 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
2690 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
2691 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
2692 (@pxref{Configuration Stage});
2693 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
2694
2695 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
2696 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
2697 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
2698 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
2699 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
2700
2701 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
2702 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
2703 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
2704 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
2705 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
2706 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
2707 low level reset command (@option{halt},
2708 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
2709 or potentially some other value.
2710
2711 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
2712 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
2713 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
2714 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
2715 (or their associated targets)
2716 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
2717
2718 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2719 they return.
2720 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2721 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2722 @end deffn
2723
2724 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
2725 This validates the scan chain using just the four
2726 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
2727 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
2728 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
2729 matches the TAPs it can observe.
2730 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
2731 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
2732 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
2733 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
2734 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
2735 @end deffn
2736
2737 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
2738 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
2739 everything on the JTAG scan chain
2740 (and anything else connected to SRST).
2741 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
2742 @end deffn
2743
2744
2745 @node TAP Declaration
2746 @chapter TAP Declaration
2747 @cindex TAP declaration
2748 @cindex TAP configuration
2749
2750 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
2751 TAPs serve many roles, including:
2752
2753 @itemize @bullet
2754 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
2755 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
2756 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
2757 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
2758 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
2759 start running that code.
2760 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
2761 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
2762 and missing connections
2763 @end itemize
2764
2765 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
2766 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
2767 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
2768 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
2769 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
2770
2771 @section Scan Chains
2772 @cindex scan chain
2773
2774 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
2775 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
2776 They also need to be added to
2777 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
2778 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
2779 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
2780 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
2781 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
2782 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
2783 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
2784 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
2785
2786 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
2787 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
2788 command, presented in the next chapter.
2789 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
2790 debugging targets.)
2791 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
2792
2793 @verbatim
2794 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
2795 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
2796 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
2797 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
2798 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
2799 @end verbatim
2800
2801 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
2802 of it. @xref{Autoprobing}.
2803 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
2804 because not all devices provide good support for that.
2805 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
2806 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
2807 until they are told to do so.
2808
2809 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
2810 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
2811 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
2812 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
2813
2814 @example
2815 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
2816 @end example
2817
2818 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
2819 by a given chip.
2820 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
2821 and so forth.
2822 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
2823 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
2824 a single chip and between them.
2825 @xref{FAQ TAP Order}.
2826
2827 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
2828 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
2829 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
2830 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
2831 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
2832 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
2833 includes commands something like this:
2834
2835 @example
2836 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
2837 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
2838 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
2839 @end example
2840
2841 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
2842 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
2843 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
2844
2845 @deffn Command {jtag names}
2846 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
2847 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
2848 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
2849 @example
2850 foreach t [jtag names] @{
2851 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
2852 @}
2853 @end example
2854 @end deffn
2855
2856 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
2857 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
2858 and their status.
2859 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
2860 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
2861 but systems with a JTAG router can
2862 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
2863 @end deffn
2864
2865 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
2866 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
2867
2868 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
2869 @c (on entry to RESET state).
2870
2871 @section TAP Names
2872 @cindex dotted name
2873
2874 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
2875 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
2876 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
2877 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
2878 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
2879 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
2880 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
2881 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
2882
2883 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
2884 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
2885 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
2886
2887 @quotation Tip
2888 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
2889 This feature is still present.
2890 However its use is highly discouraged, and
2891 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
2892 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
2893 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
2894 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
2895 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
2896 @end quotation
2897
2898 @section TAP Declaration Commands
2899
2900 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
2901 @anchor{jtag newtap}
2902 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
2903 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
2904 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
2905
2906 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
2907 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
2908 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
2909 overridable.
2910
2911 @cindex TAP naming convention
2912 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
2913 and should follow this convention:
2914
2915 @itemize @bullet
2916 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
2917 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
2918 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
2919 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
2920 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
2921 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
2922 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
2923 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
2924 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
2925 with a single TAP;
2926 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
2927 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
2928 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
2929 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
2930 @end itemize
2931
2932 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
2933
2934 @itemize @bullet
2935 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
2936 @*The length in bits of the
2937 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
2938 @end itemize
2939
2940 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
2941
2942 @itemize @bullet
2943 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
2944 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
2945 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
2946 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
2947 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
2948 (the TAP is linked in).
2949 @xref{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
2950 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
2951 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
2952 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
2953 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
2954 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
2955 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
2956 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
2957 values that were found but not included in the list.
2958
2959 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
2960 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
2961 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
2962 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
2963 hardware to find these values.
2964 @xref{Autoprobing}.
2965 @item @code{-ignore-version}
2966 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
2967 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
2968 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
2969 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
2970 the various chip IDs.
2971 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
2972 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
2973 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
2974 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
2975 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
2976 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
2977 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
2978 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
2979 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
2980 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
2981 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
2982 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
2983 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
2984 @end itemize
2985 @end deffn
2986
2987 @section Other TAP commands
2988
2989 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
2990 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
2991 At this writing this TAP attribute
2992 mechanism is used only for event handling.
2993 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
2994 mechanism for debugger targets.)
2995 See the next section for information about the available events.
2996
2997 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
2998 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
2999 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
3000 @end deffn
3001
3002 @anchor{TAP Events}
3003 @section TAP Events
3004 @cindex events
3005 @cindex TAP events
3006
3007 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
3008 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
3009 The other applies to debugger targets,
3010 which are associated with certain TAPs.
3011
3012 The TAP events currently defined are:
3013
3014 @itemize @bullet
3015 @item @b{post-reset}
3016 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
3017 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
3018 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
3019 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
3020 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
3021
3022 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
3023 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
3024 of any particular target.
3025 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
3026 @item @b{setup}
3027 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
3028 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
3029 @item @b{tap-disable}
3030 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
3031 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
3032 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3033 @item @b{tap-enable}
3034 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
3035 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
3036 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3037 @end itemize
3038
3039 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
3040 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
3041 contents to be accurate), you might:
3042
3043 @example
3044 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
3045 echo "JTAG Reset done"
3046 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
3047 @}
3048 @end example
3049
3050
3051 @anchor{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}
3052 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
3053 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
3054 @cindex jrc
3055
3056 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
3057 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
3058 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
3059 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
3060 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
3061
3062 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
3063 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
3064 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
3065 be visible.
3066 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
3067 ignores, such as:
3068
3069 @itemize
3070 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
3071 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
3072 TAPs receive new instructions.
3073 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
3074 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
3075 @end itemize
3076
3077 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
3078 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
3079 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3080 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3081
3082 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3083 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3084
3085 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3086 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3087 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3088 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3089 should define TAP event handlers using
3090 code that looks something like this:
3091
3092 @example
3093 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3094 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3095 @}
3096 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3097 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3098 @}
3099 @end example
3100
3101 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3102
3103 @example
3104 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
3105 @end example
3106
3107 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
3108 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
3109 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
3110 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
3111
3112 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3113 If necessary, disables the tap
3114 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
3115 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3116 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3117 and "0" if it is disabled.
3118 @end deffn
3119
3120 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3121 If necessary, enables the tap
3122 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3123 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3124 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3125 and "0" if it is disabled.
3126 @end deffn
3127
3128 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3129 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3130 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3131 and "0" if it is disabled.
3132
3133 @quotation Note
3134 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3135 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3136 @end quotation
3137 @end deffn
3138
3139 @anchor{Autoprobing}
3140 @section Autoprobing
3141 @cindex autoprobe
3142 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3143
3144 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3145 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3146 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3147 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3148
3149 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3150 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3151 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3152 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3153 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
3154 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
3155 right when they come out of reset).
3156
3157 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
3158
3159 @example
3160 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
3161 reset_config trst_and_srst
3162 jtag_rclk 8
3163 @end example
3164
3165 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
3166 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
3167
3168 @enumerate
3169 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
3170 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
3171 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
3172 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
3173 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
3174 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
3175 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
3176 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
3177 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
3178 that is discovered.
3179 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
3180 register, it will report it.
3181 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
3182 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
3183 @end enumerate
3184
3185 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
3186 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
3187 that's a bit more complex:
3188
3189 @example
3190 clock speed 8 kHz
3191 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
3192 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
3193 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
3194 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
3195 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3196 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3197 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
3198 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
3199 @end example
3200
3201 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
3202 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
3203 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
3204 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
3205 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
3206 and so forth.
3207
3208 @node CPU Configuration
3209 @chapter CPU Configuration
3210 @cindex GDB target
3211
3212 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
3213 You can also access these targets without GDB
3214 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
3215 and @ref{Target State handling}) and
3216 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
3217 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
3218
3219 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
3220 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
3221
3222 @section Target List
3223 @cindex target, current
3224 @cindex target, list
3225
3226 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
3227 where each member has a name.
3228 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
3229 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
3230 (plural!) command.
3231 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
3232 look like with more than one:
3233 @verbatim
3234 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
3235 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
3236 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
3237 1 MyTarget cortex_m3 little mychip.foo tap-disabled
3238 @end verbatim
3239
3240 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
3241 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
3242 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
3243 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
3244 space seen by that current target.
3245 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
3246 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
3247 are examples; and there are many more.
3248
3249 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
3250
3251 @deffn Command {target count}
3252 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3253 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
3254 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
3255
3256 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
3257 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
3258 @example
3259 set c [target count]
3260 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
3261 # Assuming you have created this function
3262 print_target_details $x
3263 @}
3264 @end example
3265 @end deffn
3266
3267 @deffn Command {target current}
3268 Returns the name of the current target.
3269 @end deffn
3270
3271 @deffn Command {target names}
3272 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
3273 @example
3274 foreach t [target names] @{
3275 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
3276 @}
3277 @end example
3278 @end deffn
3279
3280 @deffn Command {target number} number
3281 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3282 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
3283
3284 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
3285 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
3286 @example
3287 set thename [target number $x]
3288 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
3289 @end example
3290 @end deffn
3291
3292 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
3293 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
3294
3295 @deffn Command targets [name]
3296 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
3297 command names are singular.}
3298
3299 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
3300 targets in a user friendly form.
3301
3302 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
3303 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
3304 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
3305 @end deffn
3306
3307 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
3308 @cindex target type
3309 @cindex CPU type
3310 @cindex CPU variant
3311
3312 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
3313 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
3314 when calling @command{target create}.
3315 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
3316 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
3317 what kind of debug support it integrates,
3318 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
3319 what core-specific commands may be available
3320 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
3321 and more.
3322
3323 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
3324 indicate differences that affect their handling.
3325 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
3326 worked around in some chip versions.
3327
3328 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
3329 since there's a command to list them.
3330 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
3331 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
3332
3333 @anchor{target types}
3334 @deffn Command {target types}
3335 Lists all supported target types.
3336 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
3337
3338 @itemize @bullet
3339 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
3340 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3341 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3342 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3343 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3344 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
3345 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3346 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
3347 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
3348 @item @code{cortex_a8} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
3349 @item @code{cortex_m3} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
3350 compact Thumb2 instruction set. It supports one variant:
3351 @itemize @minus
3352 @item @code{lm3s} ... Use this when debugging older Stellaris LM3S targets.
3353 This will cause OpenOCD to use a software reset rather than asserting
3354 SRST, to avoid a issue with clearing the debug registers.
3355 This is fixed in Fury Rev B, DustDevil Rev B, Tempest; these revisions will
3356 be detected and the normal reset behaviour used.
3357 @end itemize
3358 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
3359 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
3360 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
3361 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
3362 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
3363 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
3364 @itemize @minus
3365 @item @code{ejtag_srst} ... Use this when debugging targets that do not
3366 provide a functional SRST line on the EJTAG connector. This causes
3367 OpenOCD to instead use an EJTAG software reset command to reset the
3368 processor.
3369 You still need to enable @option{srst} on the @command{reset_config}
3370 command to enable OpenOCD hardware reset functionality.
3371 @end itemize
3372 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
3373 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
3374 There are several variants defined:
3375 @itemize @minus
3376 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
3377 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
3378 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
3379 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
3380 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
3381 @end itemize
3382 @end itemize
3383 @end deffn
3384
3385 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
3386 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
3387 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
3388 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
3389 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
3390 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
3391 reflect design generations;
3392 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
3393 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
3394
3395 @anchor{Target Configuration}
3396 @section Target Configuration
3397
3398 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
3399 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
3400 which is used to set up the CPU support.
3401 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
3402 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
3403
3404 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
3405 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
3406 optional parts.
3407 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
3408 command, created as part of target creation.
3409
3410 The two main things to configure after target creation are
3411 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
3412 if the board setup code overrides them later;
3413 and event handlers (@pxref{Target Events}), which tend
3414 to be much more board-specific.
3415 The key steps you use might look something like this
3416
3417 @example
3418 target create MyTarget cortex_m3 -chain-position mychip.cpu
3419 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
3420 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
3421 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
3422 @end example
3423
3424 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
3425 on-chip SRAM.
3426 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
3427 writes to target memory;
3428 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
3429 GDB memory checksumming;
3430 and more.
3431
3432 @quotation Warning
3433 On more complex chips, the work area can become
3434 inaccessible when application code
3435 (such as an operating system)
3436 enables or disables the MMU.
3437 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
3438 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
3439 easy access to other addresses needed.
3440 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
3441 @end quotation
3442
3443 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
3444 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
3445 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
3446 controllers.
3447 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
3448 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
3449 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
3450
3451 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
3452 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
3453 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
3454 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
3455 purposes including additional configuration.
3456
3457 @itemize @bullet
3458 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
3459 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
3460 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
3461 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
3462
3463 This name is also used to create the target object command,
3464 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
3465 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
3466 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{target types}.
3467 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
3468 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
3469 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
3470 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
3471
3472 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
3473 @end itemize
3474 @end deffn
3475
3476 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
3477 The options accepted by this command may also be
3478 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
3479 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
3480 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
3481
3482 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
3483 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
3484 and changing its endianness or variant.
3485
3486 @itemize @bullet
3487
3488 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
3489 used to access this target.
3490
3491 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
3492 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
3493
3494 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
3495 @xref{Target Events}.
3496 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
3497 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
3498 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
3499 same event name assigns only one handler.
3500
3501 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
3502 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
3503
3504 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
3505 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
3506 @emph{it is not backed up.}
3507 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
3508 since performing a backup slows down operations.
3509 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
3510 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
3511
3512 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
3513 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
3514 or virtual address is being used.
3515
3516 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
3517 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
3518
3519 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
3520 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
3521 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
3522 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
3523 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
3524
3525 @end itemize
3526 @end deffn
3527
3528 @section Other $target_name Commands
3529 @cindex object command
3530
3531 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
3532 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
3533
3534 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
3535 Once a button is created a button
3536 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
3537 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
3538 configure it like this:
3539
3540 @example
3541 # Create
3542 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
3543 # Modify
3544 .foobar configure -foreground blue
3545 # Query
3546 set x [.foobar cget -background]
3547 # Report
3548 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
3549 @end example
3550
3551 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
3552 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
3553
3554 @example
3555 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
3556 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
3557 @end example
3558
3559 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
3560
3561 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
3562 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
3563 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
3564 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
3565 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
3566 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
3567 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
3568 They are not otherwise documented here.
3569 @end deffn
3570
3571 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
3572 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
3573 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
3574 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
3575 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
3576 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
3577 the target side uses raw memory.
3578
3579 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
3580 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
3581 The script orientation comes from working with data
3582 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
3583 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
3584 and neither store nor return those values.
3585
3586 @itemize
3587 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
3588 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
3589 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
3590 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
3591 @end itemize
3592 @end deffn
3593
3594 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
3595 Each configuration parameter accepted by
3596 @command{$target_name configure}
3597 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
3598 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
3599 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
3600 There are a few special cases:
3601
3602 @itemize @bullet
3603 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
3604 event named @var{event_name}.
3605 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
3606 two parameters.
3607 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
3608 This is a special case because this is set using
3609 @command{target create} and can't be changed
3610 using @command{$target_name configure}.
3611 @end itemize
3612
3613 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
3614 all the targets you might use something like this:
3615
3616 @example
3617 foreach name [target names] @{
3618 set y [$name cget -endian]
3619 set z [$name cget -type]
3620 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
3621 $x $name $y $z]
3622 @}
3623 @end example
3624 @end deffn
3625
3626 @anchor{target curstate}
3627 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
3628 Displays the current target state:
3629 @code{debug-running},
3630 @code{halted},
3631 @code{reset},
3632 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
3633 (Also, @pxref{Event Polling}.)
3634 @end deffn
3635
3636 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
3637 Displays a table listing all event handlers
3638 currently associated with this target.
3639 @xref{Target Events}.
3640 @end deffn
3641
3642 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
3643 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
3644 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
3645 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
3646 @end deffn
3647
3648 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
3649 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
3650 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
3651 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
3652 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
3653 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
3654 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
3655 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
3656 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
3657 @end deffn
3658
3659 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
3660 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
3661 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
3662 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3663 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3664 at the specified address @var{addr}.
3665 @end deffn
3666
3667 @anchor{Target Events}
3668 @section Target Events
3669 @cindex target events
3670 @cindex events
3671 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
3672 For example:
3673 @itemize @bullet
3674 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
3675 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
3676 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
3677 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
3678 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
3679 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
3680 to set up system clocks or
3681 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
3682 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
3683 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
3684 @end itemize
3685
3686 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
3687 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
3688 @command{target create ... -event}.
3689
3690 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
3691 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
3692 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
3693
3694 @example
3695 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
3696 echo "Reset..."
3697 reset halt
3698 @}
3699 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
3700 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
3701 echo "Reset..."
3702 reset halt
3703 @}
3704 @end example
3705
3706 The following target events are defined:
3707
3708 @itemize @bullet
3709 @item @b{debug-halted}
3710 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
3711 @item @b{debug-resumed}
3712 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
3713 @item @b{early-halted}
3714 @* Occurs early in the halt process
3715 @ignore
3716 @item @b{examine-end}
3717 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine completes)
3718 @item @b{examine-start}
3719 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine starts)
3720 @end ignore
3721 @item @b{gdb-attach}
3722 @* When GDB connects
3723 @item @b{gdb-detach}
3724 @* When GDB disconnects
3725 @item @b{gdb-end}
3726 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
3727 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
3728 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
3729 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
3730 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
3731 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
3732 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
3733 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
3734 @* After GDB writes to the flash
3735 @item @b{gdb-start}
3736 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
3737 @item @b{halted}
3738 @* The target has halted
3739 @ignore
3740 @item @b{old-gdb_program_config}
3741 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3742 @item @b{old-pre_resume}
3743 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3744 @end ignore
3745 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
3746 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3747 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
3748 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
3749 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
3750 @item @b{reset-assert}
3751 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3752 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
3753 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
3754 it instead of asserting SRST.
3755 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
3756 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
3757 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
3758 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
3759 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3760 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
3761 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
3762 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
3763 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3764 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
3765 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
3766 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3767 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
3768 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
3769 released on the scan chain.
3770 @item @b{reset-end}
3771 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
3772 @ignore
3773 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
3774 @* Currently not used
3775 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
3776 @* Currently not used
3777 @end ignore
3778 @item @b{reset-init}
3779 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
3780 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
3781
3782 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
3783 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
3784 multiplexing, and so on.
3785 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
3786 the target clocks are fully set up.)
3787 @item @b{reset-start}
3788 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3789 before @command{reset_init} is called.
3790
3791 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
3792 or @command{jtag_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
3793 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
3794 @ignore
3795 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
3796 @* Currently not used
3797 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
3798 @* Currently not used
3799 @end ignore
3800 @item @b{resume-start}
3801 @* Before any target is resumed
3802 @item @b{resume-end}
3803 @* After all targets have resumed
3804 @item @b{resume-ok}
3805 @* Success
3806 @item @b{resumed}
3807 @* Target has resumed
3808 @end itemize
3809
3810
3811 @node Flash Commands
3812 @chapter Flash Commands
3813
3814 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
3815 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
3816 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
3817 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
3818 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
3819 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
3820 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
3821 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
3822 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
3823
3824 Flash Steps:
3825 @enumerate
3826 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
3827 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
3828 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
3829 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
3830 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
3831 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
3832 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
3833 @item GDB Flashing
3834 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
3835 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
3836 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
3837 @end enumerate
3838
3839 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
3840 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
3841 so that it can't boot.
3842 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
3843 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
3844
3845 @anchor{NOR Configuration}
3846 @section Flash Configuration Commands
3847 @cindex flash configuration
3848
3849 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
3850 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
3851 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
3852 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
3853 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
3854 see the driver-specific documentation.
3855
3856 @itemize @bullet
3857 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
3858 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
3859 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
3860 associated with the flash bank being declared.
3861 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
3862 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
3863 @xref{Flash Driver List}.
3864 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
3865 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
3866 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
3867 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
3868 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
3869 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
3870 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
3871 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
3872 commands to the flash controller.
3873 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
3874 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
3875 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
3876 for more information.
3877 @end itemize
3878 @quotation Note
3879 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
3880 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
3881 @end quotation
3882 @end deffn
3883
3884 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
3885 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
3886 @deffn Command {flash banks}
3887 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
3888 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
3889 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
3890 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
3891 @end deffn
3892
3893 @deffn Command {flash list}
3894 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
3895 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
3896 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
3897 @end deffn
3898
3899 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
3900 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
3901 depends on the flash type.
3902 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3903 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
3904 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
3905 but most don't bother.
3906 @end deffn
3907
3908 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
3909 @cindex flash erasing
3910 @cindex flash reading
3911 @cindex flash writing
3912 @cindex flash programming
3913
3914 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
3915 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
3916 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
3917 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
3918 @xref{Memory access}, and @ref{Image access}.
3919
3920 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
3921 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
3922 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
3923 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
3924 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
3925
3926 @quotation Note
3927 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
3928 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
3929 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
3930 back to a flash bank.
3931 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
3932 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
3933 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
3934 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
3935 Avoid confusing the two command models.
3936 @end quotation
3937
3938 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
3939 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
3940 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
3941 disabled first.
3942 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
3943 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
3944 @xref{flash protect}.
3945
3946 @anchor{flash erase_sector}
3947 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
3948 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
3949 up to and including @var{last}.
3950 Sector numbering starts at 0.
3951 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
3952 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
3953 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3954 @end deffn
3955
3956 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] address length
3957 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
3958 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
3959 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
3960 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
3961 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
3962 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
3963 the specified length must stay within that bank.
3964 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
3965 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
3966 @end deffn
3967
3968 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
3969 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
3970 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
3971 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3972 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3973 starting at @var{address} and continuing
3974 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
3975 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
3976 before issuing this command.
3977 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
3978 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
3979 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
3980 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
3981 @end deffn
3982 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
3983
3984 @anchor{flash write_bank}
3985 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
3986 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
3987 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
3988 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3989 @end deffn
3990
3991 @anchor{flash write_image}
3992 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
3993 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
3994 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
3995 to the base address for each section in the image.
3996 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
3997 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
3998 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
3999 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
4000 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
4001 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
4002 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
4003 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
4004 each image section.
4005
4006 @quotation Warning
4007 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
4008 data you want to preserve.
4009 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
4010 sections might be erased with no notice.
4011 @itemize
4012 @item
4013 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
4014 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
4015 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
4016 @item
4017 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
4018 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
4019 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
4020 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
4021 @end itemize
4022 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
4023 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
4024 @end quotation
4025
4026 @end deffn
4027
4028 @section Other Flash commands
4029 @cindex flash protection
4030
4031 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
4032 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
4033 and display that status.
4034 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4035 This is the only operation that
4036 updates the erase state information displayed by @option{flash info}. That means you have
4037 to issue a @command{flash erase_check} command after erasing or programming the device
4038 to get updated information.
4039 (Code execution may have invalidated any state records kept by OpenOCD.)
4040 @end deffn
4041
4042 @deffn Command {flash info} num
4043 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
4044 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4045 The information includes per-sector protect status.
4046 @end deffn
4047
4048 @anchor{flash protect}
4049 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
4050 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
4051 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4052 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
4053 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4054 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4055 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4056 @end deffn
4057
4058 @deffn Command {flash protect_check} num
4059 Check protection state of sectors in flash bank @var{num}.
4060 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4061 @comment @option{flash erase_sector} using the same syntax.
4062 @end deffn
4063
4064 @anchor{Flash Driver List}
4065 @section Flash Driver List
4066 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
4067 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
4068 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
4069
4070 @subsection External Flash
4071
4072 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
4073 @cindex Common Flash Interface
4074 @cindex CFI
4075 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
4076 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
4077 specific external chip select on the CPU.
4078 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
4079 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4080 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4081 configure a bus and its timings), or
4082 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4083 on the flash chip.
4084 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4085 speed up operation.
4086
4087 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4088
4089 @itemize
4090 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4091 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4092 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4093 @end itemize
4094
4095 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4096 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4097
4098 @example
4099 flash bank cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4100 flash bank cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4101 @end example
4102
4103 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4104 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4105 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4106
4107 @example
4108 flash bank cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4109 @end example
4110
4111 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4112 @end deffn
4113
4114 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
4115
4116 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
4117 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
4118 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4119 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
4120 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
4121 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
4122
4123 @example
4124 flash bank aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4125 @end example
4126 @end deffn
4127
4128 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
4129 @cindex at91sam3
4130 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
4131 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
4132 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
4133 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
4134 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
4135 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
4136 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
4137 chips are confirmed.}
4138
4139 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
4140 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
4141 the following fixed locations:
4142
4143 @example
4144 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
4145 flash bank at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4146 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
4147 flash bank at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4148 @end example
4149
4150 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
4151 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
4152 to the @command{flash bank} command:
4153
4154 @itemize
4155 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
4156 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
4157 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
4158 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
4159 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
4160 @end itemize
4161
4162 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
4163
4164 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
4165 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
4166 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
4167 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
4168 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
4169 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
4170 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
4171
4172 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
4173 modifies that GPNVM bit.
4174 @end deffn
4175
4176 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
4177 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
4178 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
4179 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
4180 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
4181 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
4182 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
4183 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
4184 @end deffn
4185
4186 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
4187 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
4188 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
4189 @end deffn
4190 @end deffn
4191
4192 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
4193 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
4194 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
4195 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
4196 register, and autoconfigures itself.
4197
4198 @example
4199 flash bank at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4200 @end example
4201
4202 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
4203 provide additional parameters in the following order:
4204
4205 @itemize
4206 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
4207 @item @var{banks}
4208 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
4209 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
4210 @item @var{pages_size}
4211 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
4212 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
4213 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
4214 @end itemize
4215
4216 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
4217 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
4218 will be autoconfigured.
4219 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
4220
4221 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
4222 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
4223 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
4224 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
4225 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
4226
4227 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
4228 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
4229 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
4230 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
4231 are not truly general purpose).
4232 @quotation Note
4233 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
4234 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
4235 @end quotation
4236 @end deffn
4237 @end deffn
4238
4239 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
4240 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
4241 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4242 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4243 @end deffn
4244
4245 @deffn {Flash Driver} ecosflash
4246 @emph{No idea what this is...}
4247 The @var{ecosflash} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4248 the name of a modules of target code which is downloaded
4249 and executed.
4250 @end deffn
4251
4252 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
4253 Most members of the LPC1700 and LPC2000 microcontroller families from NXP
4254 include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
4255
4256 @quotation Note
4257 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
4258 driver:
4259 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
4260 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
4261 @end quotation
4262
4263 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
4264 which must appear in the following order:
4265
4266 @itemize
4267 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
4268 @option{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
4269 @option{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
4270 or @option{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
4271 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
4272 at which the core is running
4273 @item @option{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
4274 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
4275 @quotation Note
4276 If you don't provide @option{calc_checksum} when you're writing the vector
4277 table, the boot ROM will almost certainly ignore your flash image.
4278 However, if you do provide it,
4279 with most tool chains @command{verify_image} will fail.
4280 @end quotation
4281 @end itemize
4282
4283 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4284
4285 @example
4286 flash bank lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
4287 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
4288 @end example
4289
4290 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
4291 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
4292 the specified flash @var{bank}.
4293 @end deffn
4294 @end deffn
4295
4296 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
4297 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
4298 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
4299 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4300 the programming clock rate in Hz.
4301 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4302
4303 @example
4304 flash bank lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
4305 @end example
4306 @end deffn
4307
4308 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
4309 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
4310 from NXP.
4311
4312 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
4313 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
4314 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
4315 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
4316 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
4317 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
4318 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
4319 you start the PLL.
4320
4321 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
4322
4323 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
4324 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
4325 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
4326
4327 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
4328 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
4329 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
4330 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
4331 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
4332 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
4333 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
4334
4335 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
4336 @example
4337 flash bank lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
4338 @end example
4339
4340 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
4341 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
4342 @code{flash banks} command.
4343
4344 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
4345 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
4346 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
4347 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
4348 a known signature.
4349 Example:
4350 @example
4351 lpc2900 signature 0
4352 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
4353 @end example
4354 @end deffn
4355
4356 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
4357 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
4358 saves it to a file in binary format.
4359 Example:
4360 @example
4361 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
4362 @end example
4363 @end deffn
4364
4365 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
4366 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
4367 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
4368 command:
4369
4370 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
4371 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
4372 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
4373 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
4374
4375 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
4376 Example:
4377 @example
4378 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
4379 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
4380 @end example
4381 @end deffn
4382
4383 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
4384 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
4385 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
4386 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
4387 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
4388 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
4389 912 bytes.
4390 @quotation Attention
4391 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4392 @end quotation
4393 Example:
4394 @example
4395 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
4396 @end example
4397 @end deffn
4398
4399 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
4400 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
4401 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
4402 after the next power cycle.
4403 @quotation Attention
4404 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4405 @end quotation
4406 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
4407 Example:
4408 @example
4409 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
4410 flash info 0
4411 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
4412 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4413 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
4414 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4415 @end example
4416 @end deffn
4417
4418 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
4419 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
4420 effective after the next power cycle.
4421 @quotation Attention
4422 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4423 @end quotation
4424 Examples:
4425 @example
4426 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
4427 @end example
4428 @end deffn
4429 @end deffn
4430
4431 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
4432 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
4433
4434 @example
4435 flash bank ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4436 @end example
4437 @end deffn
4438
4439 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
4440 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
4441 and integrate flash memory.
4442 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4443
4444 @example
4445 flash bank pix32mx 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4446 @end example
4447
4448 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
4449 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4450 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
4451 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
4452 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
4453 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
4454 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
4455 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
4456 @end deffn
4457 @end deffn
4458
4459 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
4460 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
4461 Texas Instruments
4462 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4463 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4464 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4465 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
4466 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4467 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4468
4469 @example
4470 flash bank stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4471 @end example
4472 @end deffn
4473
4474 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32x
4475 All members of the STM32 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4476 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4477 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4478 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4479
4480 @example
4481 flash bank stm32x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4482 @end example
4483
4484 Some stm32x-specific commands
4485 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32x mass_erase} command.
4486 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4487 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4488 are defined:
4489
4490 @deffn Command {stm32x lock} num
4491 Locks the entire stm32 device.
4492 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4493 @end deffn
4494
4495 @deffn Command {stm32x unlock} num
4496 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
4497 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4498 @end deffn
4499
4500 @deffn Command {stm32x options_read} num
4501 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
4502 the @command{stm32x options_write} command.
4503 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4504 @end deffn
4505
4506 @deffn Command {stm32x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
4507 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
4508 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4509 @end deffn
4510 @end deffn
4511
4512 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
4513 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4514 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4515 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
4516 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
4517
4518 @example
4519 flash bank str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
4520 @end example
4521
4522 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
4523 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
4524 for the specified flash bank.
4525 @end deffn
4526 @end deffn
4527
4528 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
4529 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4530 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
4531 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
4532 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
4533
4534 @example
4535 flash bank str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4536 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
4537 @end example
4538
4539 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
4540 Configures the str9 flash controller.
4541 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4542
4543 @itemize @bullet
4544 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
4545 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
4546 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4547 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4548 @end itemize
4549 @end deffn
4550
4551 @end deffn
4552
4553 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
4554 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
4555 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4556 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4557
4558 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
4559
4560 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
4561 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
4562 @end deffn
4563
4564 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
4565 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
4566 @end deffn
4567
4568 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
4569 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
4570 the flash clock.
4571 @end deffn
4572 @end deffn
4573
4574 @subsection str9xpec driver
4575 @cindex str9xpec
4576
4577 Here is some background info to help
4578 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
4579 the str9:
4580 @enumerate
4581 @item
4582 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
4583 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
4584 @item
4585 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
4586 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
4587 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
4588 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
4589 @end enumerate
4590
4591 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
4592 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
4593 configured for flash bank 0.
4594 @example
4595 # assert srst, we do not want core running
4596 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
4597 jtag_reset 0 1
4598 # turn off target polling
4599 poll off
4600 # disable str9 core
4601 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
4602 # read option bytes
4603 str9xpec options_read 0
4604 # re-enable str9 core
4605 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
4606 poll on
4607 reset halt
4608 @end example
4609 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
4610 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
4611 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
4612 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
4613
4614 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
4615 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
4616 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
4617 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
4618 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
4619
4620 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
4621
4622 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
4623 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
4624 @end deffn
4625
4626 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
4627 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
4628 directly to the embedded flash controller.
4629 @end deffn
4630
4631 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
4632 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
4633 erase the device.
4634 @end deffn
4635
4636 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
4637 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
4638 @end deffn
4639
4640 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
4641 Configure str9 boot bank.
4642 @end deffn
4643
4644 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4645 Configure str9 lvd source.
4646 @end deffn
4647
4648 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
4649 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
4650 @end deffn
4651
4652 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4653 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
4654 @end deffn
4655
4656 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
4657 Read str9 option bytes.
4658 @end deffn
4659
4660 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
4661 Write str9 option bytes.
4662 @end deffn
4663
4664 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
4665 unlock str9 device.
4666 @end deffn
4667
4668 @end deffn
4669
4670
4671 @section mFlash
4672
4673 @subsection mFlash Configuration
4674 @cindex mFlash Configuration
4675
4676 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
4677 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
4678 address @var{base}.
4679 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
4680 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
4681
4682 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
4683
4684 @example
4685 mflash bank s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
4686 @end example
4687
4688 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
4689
4690 @example
4691 mflash bank pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
4692 @end example
4693 @end deffn
4694
4695 @subsection mFlash commands
4696 @cindex mFlash commands
4697
4698 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
4699 Configure mflash PLL.
4700 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
4701 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
4702 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
4703 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
4704 @end deffn
4705
4706 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
4707 Configure bootable option.
4708 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
4709 (4kB) for boot.
4710 @end deffn
4711
4712 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
4713 Configure storage information.
4714 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
4715 written.
4716 @end deffn
4717
4718 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
4719 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
4720 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
4721 @end deffn
4722
4723 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
4724 Probe mflash.
4725 @end deffn
4726
4727 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
4728 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
4729 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4730 @end deffn
4731
4732 @node NAND Flash Commands
4733 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
4734 @cindex NAND
4735
4736 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
4737 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
4738 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
4739
4740 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
4741 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
4742 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
4743 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
4744 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
4745 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
4746
4747 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
4748 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
4749 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
4750 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
4751 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
4752 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
4753 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
4754 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
4755 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
4756 with techniques such as wear leveling.
4757
4758 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
4759 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
4760 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
4761 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
4762 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
4763 every 512 bytes of data.
4764
4765 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
4766 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
4767 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
4768 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
4769 ECC mode is used.
4770
4771 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
4772 @enumerate
4773 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
4774 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4775 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
4776 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
4777 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
4778 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
4779 to access that device.
4780 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
4781 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4782 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
4783 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
4784 de-brick a board.
4785 @end enumerate
4786
4787 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
4788 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
4789 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
4790 are only 32 bits wide.
4791 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
4792 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
4793 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
4794 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
4795
4796 @anchor{NAND Configuration}
4797 @section NAND Configuration Commands
4798 @cindex NAND configuration
4799
4800 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
4801 plus some additional configuration that's done after
4802 OpenOCD has initialized.
4803
4804 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
4805 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
4806 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
4807 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
4808 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
4809 they were a single (larger) device.
4810 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
4811 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
4812
4813 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
4814 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
4815 configuration files, not interactively.
4816
4817 @itemize @bullet
4818 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
4819 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
4820 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
4821 associated with the NAND device being declared.
4822 @xref{NAND Driver List}.
4823 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
4824 commands to the NAND controller.
4825 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4826 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
4827 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
4828 for more information.
4829 @end itemize
4830 @end deffn
4831
4832 @deffn Command {nand list}
4833 Prints a summary of each device declared
4834 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
4835 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
4836 @example
4837 > nand list
4838 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
4839 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
4840 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
4841 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
4842 >
4843 @end example
4844 @end deffn
4845
4846 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
4847 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
4848 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
4849 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4850 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
4851 it with most other NAND commands.
4852 @end deffn
4853
4854 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
4855
4856 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
4857 @cindex NAND reading
4858 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
4859 starting at the specified offset.
4860 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4861
4862 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4863 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4864
4865 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
4866 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
4867 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
4868
4869 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
4870 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
4871 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
4872 method which handled that error correction.
4873
4874 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
4875 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
4876 @itemize @bullet
4877 @item no oob_* parameter
4878 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
4879 @item @code{oob_raw}
4880 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
4881 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
4882 spare areas associated with each data page.
4883 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
4884 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
4885 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
4886 @item @code{oob_only}
4887 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
4888 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
4889 spare areas associated with each data page.
4890 @end itemize
4891 @end deffn
4892
4893 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
4894 @cindex NAND erasing
4895 @cindex NAND programming
4896 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
4897 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
4898 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
4899 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
4900 If those parameters are not specified,
4901 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
4902 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4903
4904 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
4905 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
4906 block marker.
4907 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
4908 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
4909 @end deffn
4910
4911 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
4912 @cindex NAND writing
4913 @cindex NAND programming
4914 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
4915 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
4916 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
4917 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4918
4919 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4920 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4921
4922 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
4923 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
4924 past the end of the device.
4925 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
4926 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
4927 if that's being written.)
4928
4929 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
4930 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
4931 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
4932
4933 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
4934 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
4935 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
4936 @itemize @bullet
4937 @item no oob_* parameter
4938 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4939 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
4940 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
4941 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
4942 with hardware-computed ECC data.
4943 @item @code{oob_only}
4944 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
4945 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
4946 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
4947 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
4948 @item @code{oob_raw}
4949 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
4950 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
4951 un-altered OOB.
4952 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
4953 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
4954 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
4955 @item @code{oob_softecc}
4956 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4957 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
4958 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
4959 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
4960 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
4961 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
4962 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4963 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
4964 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
4965 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
4966 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
4967 @end itemize
4968 @end deffn
4969
4970 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
4971 @cindex NAND verification
4972 @cindex NAND programming
4973 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
4974 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
4975 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4976
4977 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4978 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4979
4980 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
4981 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
4982 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
4983 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
4984 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
4985
4986 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
4987 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
4988 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
4989
4990 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
4991 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
4992 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
4993 be removed in a future release.
4994 @end deffn
4995
4996 @section Other NAND commands
4997 @cindex NAND other commands
4998
4999 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} [offset length]
5000 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
5001 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
5002 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
5003 continues for @var{length} bytes.
5004 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5005 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5006 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5007
5008 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
5009 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
5010 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
5011 @end deffn
5012
5013 @deffn Command {nand info} num
5014 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5015 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
5016 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
5017 status for each block.
5018 @end deffn
5019
5020 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5021 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
5022 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5023
5024 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
5025 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
5026 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
5027 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
5028 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
5029
5030 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
5031 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
5032 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
5033 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
5034 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
5035 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
5036 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
5037 @end deffn
5038
5039 @anchor{NAND Driver List}
5040 @section NAND Driver List
5041 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
5042 driver-specific options and behaviors.
5043 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
5044
5045 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
5046 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
5047 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
5048 address of the ECC controller.
5049 @example
5050 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
5051 @end example
5052 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
5053 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
5054 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
5055 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
5056 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
5057 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
5058 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
5059 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5060 @end deffn
5061 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
5062 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
5063 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5064 @end deffn
5065
5066 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
5067 properly configured for input or output.
5068 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
5069 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
5070 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5071 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5072 @end deffn
5073 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
5074 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
5075 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5076 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5077 @end deffn
5078 @end deffn
5079
5080 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
5081 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
5082 chips from Texas Instruments.
5083 It takes three extra parameters:
5084 address of the NAND chip;
5085 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
5086 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
5087 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
5088 @example
5089 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
5090 @end example
5091 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
5092 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
5093 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
5094 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
5095 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
5096 @end deffn
5097
5098 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
5099 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5100 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
5101 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
5102 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
5103 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
5104 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5105 @end deffn
5106
5107 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
5108 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
5109 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
5110 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
5111 @end deffn
5112 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
5113
5114 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
5115 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5116 parameter: the address of the controller.
5117 @example
5118 nand device orion 0xd8000000
5119 @end example
5120 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
5121 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5122 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5123 change any behavior.
5124 @end deffn
5125
5126 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
5127 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
5128 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
5129 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
5130 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
5131 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
5132 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
5133 specialized commands.
5134 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5135 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5136 change any behavior.
5137 @end deffn
5138
5139 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
5140 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
5141 @cindex PLD
5142 @cindex FPGA
5143
5144 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
5145 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
5146 OpenOCD can support programming them.
5147 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
5148 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
5149 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
5150 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
5151
5152 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
5153
5154 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
5155 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
5156 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
5157
5158 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
5159 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
5160
5161 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
5162 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
5163 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
5164 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
5165 behavior.
5166 @end deffn
5167
5168 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
5169 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
5170 @end deffn
5171
5172 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
5173 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
5174 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
5175 @end deffn
5176
5177 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
5178
5179 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
5180 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
5181 that particular type of PLD.
5182
5183 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
5184 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
5185 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
5186 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
5187 and one driver-specific command is defined.
5188
5189 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
5190 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
5191 for FPGA @var{num}.
5192 @end deffn
5193 @end deffn
5194
5195 @node General Commands
5196 @chapter General Commands
5197 @cindex commands
5198
5199 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
5200 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
5201 commands are documented elsewhere.
5202
5203 Intent:
5204 @itemize @bullet
5205 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
5206 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
5207 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
5208 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
5209
5210 @item @b{From the human}
5211 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
5212 or via GDB (default port 3333).
5213
5214 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
5215 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
5216 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
5217
5218 @item @b{Machine Interface}
5219 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
5220 port is 5555.
5221 @end itemize
5222
5223
5224 @section Daemon Commands
5225
5226 @deffn {Command} exit
5227 Exits the current telnet session.
5228 @end deffn
5229
5230 @deffn {Command} help [string]
5231 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
5232 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
5233 Not every command provides helptext.
5234
5235 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
5236 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
5237 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
5238 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
5239 @end deffn
5240
5241 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
5242 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
5243 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
5244 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
5245 Useful in connection with script files
5246 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
5247 @end deffn
5248
5249 @deffn Command shutdown
5250 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
5251 @end deffn
5252
5253 @anchor{debug_level}
5254 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
5255 @cindex message level
5256 Display debug level.
5257 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
5258 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
5259 Level 0 is error messages only;
5260 level 1 adds warnings;
5261 level 2 adds informational messages;
5262 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
5263 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
5264 the command line along with the location of that log
5265 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
5266 @xref{Running}.
5267 @end deffn
5268
5269 @deffn Command fast (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5270 Default disabled.
5271 Set default behaviour of OpenOCD to be "fast and dangerous".
5272
5273 At this writing, this only affects the defaults for two ARM7/ARM9 parameters:
5274 fast memory access, and DCC downloads. Those parameters may still be
5275 individually overridden.
5276
5277 The target specific "dangerous" optimisation tweaking options may come and go
5278 as more robust and user friendly ways are found to ensure maximum throughput
5279 and robustness with a minimum of configuration.
5280
5281 Typically the "fast enable" is specified first on the command line:
5282
5283 @example
5284 openocd -c "fast enable" -c "interface dummy" -f target/str710.cfg
5285 @end example
5286 @end deffn
5287
5288 @deffn Command echo message
5289 Logs a message at "user" priority.
5290 Output @var{message} to stdout.
5291 @example
5292 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
5293 @end example
5294 @end deffn
5295
5296 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
5297 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
5298 the initial log output channel is stderr.
5299 @end deffn
5300
5301 @anchor{Target State handling}
5302 @section Target State handling
5303 @cindex reset
5304 @cindex halt
5305 @cindex target initialization
5306
5307 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
5308 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
5309 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
5310 a current target which is used to perform the
5311 various operations. The current target may be changed
5312 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
5313 target which should become current.
5314
5315 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
5316 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
5317 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
5318 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
5319 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
5320
5321 @emph{With no arguments}:
5322 list all available registers for the current target,
5323 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
5324 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
5325 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
5326 are flagged as such.
5327
5328 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
5329
5330 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
5331 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
5332 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
5333 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
5334 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
5335 relevant module will flush such values.
5336
5337 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
5338 Debug and trace infrastructure:
5339
5340 @example
5341 > reg
5342 ===== ARM registers
5343 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
5344 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
5345 (2) r2 (/32)
5346 ...
5347 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
5348 >
5349 @end example
5350 @end deffn
5351
5352 @deffn Command halt [ms]
5353 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
5354 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
5355 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
5356 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
5357 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
5358 (and enter debug mode).
5359 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
5360
5361 @quotation Warning
5362 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
5363 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
5364 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
5365 power mode by gating the core clock;
5366 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
5367
5368 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
5369 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
5370 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
5371 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
5372 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
5373 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
5374
5375 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
5376 work with a JTAG debugger.
5377 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
5378 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
5379 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
5380 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
5381 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
5382 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
5383 @end quotation
5384
5385 @end deffn
5386
5387 @deffn Command resume [address]
5388 Resume the target at its current code position,
5389 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5390 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
5391 @end deffn
5392
5393 @deffn Command step [address]
5394 Single-step the target at its current code position,
5395 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5396 @end deffn
5397
5398 @anchor{Reset Command}
5399 @deffn Command reset
5400 @deffnx Command {reset run}
5401 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
5402 @deffnx Command {reset init}
5403 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
5404 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
5405 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
5406
5407 The optional parameter specifies what should
5408 happen after the reset.
5409 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
5410 The other options will not work on all systems.
5411 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
5412
5413 @itemize @minus
5414 @item @b{run} Let the target run
5415 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
5416 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
5417 @end itemize
5418 @end deffn
5419
5420 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
5421 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
5422 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
5423 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
5424 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
5425 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
5426 state.
5427 @end deffn
5428
5429 @section I/O Utilities
5430
5431 These commands are available when
5432 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
5433 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
5434 notably the ZY1000.
5435 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
5436
5437 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
5438
5439 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
5440 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
5441 the text file @file{filename}.
5442 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
5443 The last string is followed by a newline.
5444 @end deffn
5445
5446 @deffn Command cat filename
5447 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
5448 @end deffn
5449
5450 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
5451 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
5452 into @file{dest_filename}.
5453 @end deffn
5454
5455 @deffn Command ip
5456 @emph{No description provided.}
5457 @end deffn
5458
5459 @deffn Command ls
5460 @emph{No description provided.}
5461 @end deffn
5462
5463 @deffn Command mac
5464 @emph{No description provided.}
5465 @end deffn
5466
5467 @deffn Command meminfo
5468 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
5469 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
5470 @end deffn
5471
5472 @deffn Command peek
5473 @emph{No description provided.}
5474 @end deffn
5475
5476 @deffn Command poke
5477 @emph{No description provided.}
5478 @end deffn
5479
5480 @deffn Command rm filename
5481 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
5482 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
5483 @end deffn
5484
5485 @deffn Command trunc filename
5486 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
5487 @end deffn
5488
5489 @anchor{Memory access}
5490 @section Memory access commands
5491 @cindex memory access
5492
5493 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
5494 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
5495 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
5496 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
5497
5498 @enumerate
5499 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
5500 to change the current target.
5501 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
5502 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
5503 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
5504 @end enumerate
5505
5506 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
5507 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
5508 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
5509 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
5510 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
5511 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
5512 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5513 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5514 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5515 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5516 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
5517 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
5518 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
5519 @end deffn
5520
5521 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
5522 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
5523 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
5524 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
5525 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
5526 at the specified address @var{addr}.
5527 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5528 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5529 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5530 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5531 @end deffn
5532
5533
5534 @anchor{Image access}
5535 @section Image loading commands
5536 @cindex image loading
5537 @cindex image dumping
5538
5539 @anchor{dump_image}
5540 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
5541 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
5542 binary file named @var{filename}.
5543 @end deffn
5544
5545 @deffn Command {fast_load}
5546 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
5547 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
5548 @end deffn
5549
5550 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5551 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
5552 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
5553 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
5554 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
5555 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
5556 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
5557 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
5558 separately.
5559 @end deffn
5560
5561 @anchor{load_image}
5562 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5563 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory at @var{address}.
5564 The file format may optionally be specified
5565 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5566 @end deffn
5567
5568 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
5569 Displays image section sizes and addresses
5570 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
5571 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
5572 The file format may optionally be specified
5573 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5574 @end deffn
5575
5576 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5577 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
5578 The file format may optionally be specified
5579 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5580 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
5581 @end deffn
5582
5583
5584 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
5585 @cindex breakpoint
5586 @cindex watchpoint
5587
5588 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
5589 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
5590 watchpoints.
5591 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
5592
5593 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
5594 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
5595 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
5596 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5597 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
5598 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
5599
5600 (@xref{arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscale vector_catch},
5601 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
5602 @end deffn
5603
5604 @deffn Command {rbp} address
5605 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
5606 @end deffn
5607
5608 @deffn Command {rwp} address
5609 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
5610 @end deffn
5611
5612 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
5613 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
5614 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5615 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
5616 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
5617 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
5618 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
5619 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
5620 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
5621 @end deffn
5622
5623 @section Misc Commands
5624
5625 @cindex profiling
5626 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
5627 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
5628 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
5629 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
5630 @end deffn
5631
5632 @deffn Command {version}
5633 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
5634 @end deffn
5635
5636 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
5637 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
5638 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
5639 @end deffn
5640
5641 @node Architecture and Core Commands
5642 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
5643 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
5644 @cindex Core Specific Commands
5645
5646 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
5647 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
5648 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
5649 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
5650
5651 @anchor{ARM Hardware Tracing}
5652 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
5653 @cindex tracing
5654 @cindex ETM
5655 @cindex ETB
5656
5657 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
5658 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
5659 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
5660
5661 @itemize
5662 @item
5663 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
5664 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
5665 supports such an interface.
5666 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
5667 and trace port support.)
5668 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
5669 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
5670 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
5671 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
5672 in the board-specific configuration file.
5673 @item
5674 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
5675 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
5676 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
5677 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
5678 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
5679 @end itemize
5680
5681 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
5682
5683 @quotation Issues
5684 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
5685 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
5686
5687 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
5688 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
5689 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
5690 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
5691 dummy trace port driver}.
5692
5693 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
5694 as well as tracing only during specific states
5695 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
5696
5697 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
5698 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
5699 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
5700 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
5701 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
5702
5703 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
5704 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
5705 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
5706 this original style of JTAG access.
5707 @end quotation
5708
5709 @subsection ETM Configuration
5710 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
5711
5712 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
5713 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
5714 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{Trace Port Drivers}.
5715
5716 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
5717 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
5718 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
5719 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
5720 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
5721 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
5722 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
5723 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
5724 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
5725
5726 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
5727 or @option{demultiplexed}.
5728 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
5729
5730 @quotation Warning
5731 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
5732 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
5733 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
5734 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
5735 @end quotation
5736
5737 @quotation Note
5738 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
5739 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
5740 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
5741 what CPU activities are traced.
5742 @end quotation
5743 @end deffn
5744
5745 @deffn Command {etm info}
5746 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
5747 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
5748 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
5749 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
5750 @end deffn
5751
5752 @deffn Command {etm status}
5753 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
5754 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
5755 Did trace data overflow?
5756 Was it triggered?
5757 @end deffn
5758
5759 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
5760 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
5761 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
5762 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
5763 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
5764
5765 @itemize
5766 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
5767 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
5768 The value is one of
5769 @option{none} (save nothing),
5770 @option{data} (save data),
5771 @option{address} (save addresses),
5772 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
5773 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
5774 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
5775 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
5776 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
5777 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
5778 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
5779 trace stream without an image of the code.
5780 @end itemize
5781 @end deffn
5782
5783 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5784 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
5785 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
5786 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
5787 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
5788
5789 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
5790 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
5791 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
5792 @end deffn
5793
5794 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
5795
5796 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
5797 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
5798 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
5799
5800 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
5801 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
5802 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
5803 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
5804 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
5805 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
5806 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
5807
5808 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
5809
5810 @itemize
5811 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
5812 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
5813 for instruction access within that function's body.
5814 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
5815 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
5816 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
5817 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
5818 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
5819 combining one of the above models with a counter.
5820 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
5821 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
5822 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
5823 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
5824 @item @emph{... more}
5825 @end itemize
5826
5827 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
5828 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
5829
5830 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
5831 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
5832 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
5833 @end deffn
5834
5835 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
5836 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
5837 @end deffn
5838
5839 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
5840 Opens an image file.
5841 @end deffn
5842
5843 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
5844 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
5845 @end deffn
5846
5847 @deffn Command {etm start}
5848 Starts trace data collection.
5849 @end deffn
5850
5851 @deffn Command {etm stop}
5852 Stops trace data collection.
5853 @end deffn
5854
5855 @anchor{Trace Port Drivers}
5856 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
5857
5858 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
5859
5860 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
5861 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
5862 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
5863 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
5864 any trace data collection.}
5865 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
5866 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
5867 @end deffn
5868 @end deffn
5869
5870 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
5871 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
5872 to use on-chip ETB memory.
5873 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
5874 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
5875 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
5876 @end deffn
5877 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
5878 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
5879 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
5880 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
5881 trace trigger becomes active.
5882
5883 @itemize
5884 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
5885 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
5886 afterwards.
5887 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
5888 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
5889 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
5890 what caused that event to happen.
5891 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
5892 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
5893 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
5894 how the event caused trouble.
5895 @end itemize
5896 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
5897 @end deffn
5898
5899 @end deffn
5900
5901 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
5902 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
5903 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
5904 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
5905 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
5906
5907 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
5908 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
5909
5910 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
5911 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
5912 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
5913 @end deffn
5914
5915 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
5916 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
5917 @end deffn
5918
5919 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
5920 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
5921 @end deffn
5922 @end deffn
5923
5924
5925 @section Generic ARM
5926 @cindex ARM
5927
5928 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
5929 They are available in addition to other core-specific
5930 commands that may be available.
5931
5932 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
5933 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
5934 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
5935 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
5936 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
5937 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
5938 @end deffn
5939
5940 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
5941 @cindex disassemble
5942 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
5943 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
5944 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
5945 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
5946 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
5947 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
5948 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
5949
5950 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
5951 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
5952 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
5953 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
5954 with a handful of exceptions.
5955 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
5956 @end deffn
5957
5958 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
5959 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
5960 passing parameters @var{CRn},
5961 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
5962 and using the MCR instruction.
5963 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
5964 an ARM register.)
5965 @end deffn
5966
5967 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
5968 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
5969 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
5970 and the MRC instruction.
5971 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
5972 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
5973 an ARM register.)
5974 @end deffn
5975
5976 @deffn Command {arm reg}
5977 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
5978 core mode if necessary.
5979 @end deffn
5980
5981 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
5982 @cindex ARMv4
5983 @cindex ARMv5
5984
5985 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
5986 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
5987 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
5988 variant.
5989
5990 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
5991 @cindex ARM7
5992 @cindex ARM9
5993
5994 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
5995 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
5996 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
5997 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
5998
5999 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6000 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
6001 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
6002 instead of breakpoints.
6003 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6004
6005 This should be
6006 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
6007 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
6008 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
6009 @end deffn
6010
6011 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6012 @cindex DCC
6013 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
6014 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
6015 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6016
6017 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
6018 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
6019 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
6020 @end deffn
6021
6022 @anchor{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}
6023 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6024 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
6025 that don't check completion of the operation.
6026 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6027
6028 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
6029 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
6030 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
6031 @end deffn
6032
6033 @deffn Command {arm7_9 semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6034 @cindex ARM semihosting
6035 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
6036
6037 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
6038 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
6039 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
6040 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
6041 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
6042 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
6043 @end deffn
6044
6045 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
6046 @cindex ARM720T
6047
6048 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
6049 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6050 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
6051 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
6052
6053 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
6054 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6055 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6056
6057 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
6058 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6059 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
6060 @end deffn
6061
6062 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
6063 @cindex ARM9
6064
6065 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
6066 integer processors.
6067 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
6068
6069 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
6070 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
6071 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
6072 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
6073
6074 @anchor{arm9 vector_catch}
6075 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6076 @cindex vector_catch
6077 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
6078 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
6079 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
6080 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
6081 to those hardware vectors.
6082
6083 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
6084 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
6085 vector catch hardware to intercept
6086 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
6087 @option{none} of them,
6088 or a list with one or more of the following:
6089 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
6090 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
6091 @end deffn
6092
6093 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
6094 @cindex ARM920T
6095
6096 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
6097 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6098 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
6099 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6100 and ARM9 commands.
6101
6102 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
6103 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
6104 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
6105 @end deffn
6106
6107 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
6108 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6109 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6110 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
6111 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
6112 (Not all registers can be written.)
6113 @end deffn
6114
6115 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
6116 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6117 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6118
6119 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
6120 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
6121 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
6122 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
6123 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
6124 or using zero if no other address is provided.
6125 @end deffn
6126
6127 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
6128 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
6129 @end deffn
6130
6131 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
6132 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
6133 @end deffn
6134
6135 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
6136 @cindex ARM926ej-s
6137
6138 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
6139 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
6140 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
6141 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6142 and ARM9 commands.
6143
6144 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
6145 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
6146
6147 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
6148 Print information about the caches found.
6149 @end deffn
6150
6151 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
6152 @cindex ARM966E
6153
6154 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
6155 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6156 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6157 and ARM9 commands.
6158
6159 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
6160 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6161 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6162 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
6163 ARM966E-S TRM.
6164 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
6165 as required for BIST support.
6166 @end deffn
6167
6168 @subsection XScale specific commands
6169 @cindex XScale
6170
6171 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
6172
6173 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
6174 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
6175 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
6176 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
6177 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
6178 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
6179 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
6180
6181 OpenOCD currently does not sync the mini-IC entries with the RAM
6182 contents (which would fail anyway while the target is running), so
6183 the user must provide appropriate values using the @code{xscale
6184 vector_table} command.
6185
6186 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
6187 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
6188 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
6189 code layout in memory:
6190 @example
6191 _vectors:
6192 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6193 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6194 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6195 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6196 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6197 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6198 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6199 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6200 .org 0x100
6201 .long real_reset_vector
6202 .long real_ui_handler
6203 .long real_swi_handler
6204 .long real_pf_abort
6205 .long real_data_abort
6206 .long 0 /* unused */
6207 .long real_irq_handler
6208 .long real_fiq_handler
6209 @end example
6210
6211 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
6212 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
6213 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
6214 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
6215
6216
6217 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
6218 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6219
6220 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
6221 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
6222 @end deffn
6223
6224 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
6225 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
6226 @end deffn
6227
6228 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
6229 Displays information about the CPU caches.
6230 @end deffn
6231
6232 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
6233 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6234 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6235 @end deffn
6236
6237 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
6238 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
6239 @end deffn
6240
6241 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6242 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
6243 @end deffn
6244
6245 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
6246 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
6247 @end deffn
6248
6249 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6250 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
6251 @end deffn
6252
6253 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6254 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
6255 @end deffn
6256
6257 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
6258 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
6259 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
6260 and modifying how it is emptied.
6261 @end deffn
6262
6263 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
6264 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
6265 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
6266 The image @var{type} may be one of
6267 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
6268 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
6269 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
6270 @end deffn
6271
6272 @anchor{xscale vector_catch}
6273 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
6274 @cindex vector_catch
6275 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
6276 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
6277
6278 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
6279 @example
6280 0x01 Trap Reset
6281 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
6282 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
6283 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
6284 0x10 Trap Data Abort
6285 0x20 reserved
6286 0x40 Trap IRQ
6287 0x80 Trap FIQ
6288 @end example
6289 @end deffn
6290
6291 @anchor{xscale vector_table}
6292 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
6293 @cindex vector_table
6294
6295 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
6296 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
6297 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
6298 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
6299 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
6300
6301 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
6302
6303 @end deffn
6304
6305 @section ARMv6 Architecture
6306 @cindex ARMv6
6307
6308 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
6309 @cindex ARM11
6310
6311 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6312 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
6313 which is enabled by default.
6314 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6315 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
6316 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
6317 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
6318 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
6319 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
6320 @end deffn
6321
6322 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6323 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
6324 which is enabled by default.
6325 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6326 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
6327 @end deffn
6328
6329 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6330 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
6331 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
6332 they are disabled by default.
6333 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
6334 @end deffn
6335
6336 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
6337 @cindex vector_catch
6338 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
6339 coprocessor 14 register 7.
6340 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6341
6342 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6343 for certain hardware events.
6344 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
6345 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
6346 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
6347 @end deffn
6348
6349 @section ARMv7 Architecture
6350 @cindex ARMv7
6351
6352 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
6353 @cindex Debug Access Port
6354 @cindex DAP
6355 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
6356 included on Cortex-M3 and Cortex-A8 systems.
6357 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
6358
6359 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
6360 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
6361 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6362 @end deffn
6363
6364 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
6365 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
6366 @end deffn
6367
6368 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
6369 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
6370 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6371 @end deffn
6372
6373 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
6374 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
6375 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6376 @end deffn
6377
6378 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
6379 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
6380 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
6381 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6382 @end deffn
6383
6384 @subsection Cortex-M3 specific commands
6385 @cindex Cortex-M3
6386
6387 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 disassemble} address [count]
6388 @cindex disassemble
6389 Disassembles @var{count} Thumb2 instructions starting at @var{address}.
6390 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
6391 @end deffn
6392
6393 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 maskisr} (@option{on}|@option{off})
6394 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
6395 @end deffn
6396
6397 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6398 @cindex vector_catch
6399 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6400 for certain hardware events.
6401
6402 Parameters request interception of
6403 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
6404 @option{none} of them,
6405 or one or more of the following:
6406 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
6407 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
6408 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
6409 @option{irq_err},
6410 @option{state_err},
6411 @option{chk_err}, or
6412 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
6413 @option{reset}.
6414 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
6415 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
6416 are mapped to HardFault.
6417 UsageFault checks for
6418 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
6419 must also be explicitly enabled.
6420
6421 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
6422 @end deffn
6423
6424 @anchor{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}
6425 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
6426 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
6427 @cindex tracing
6428 @cindex libdcc
6429 @cindex DCC
6430 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
6431 the target uses appropriate libraries.
6432 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
6433 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
6434
6435 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
6436 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m3} cores.
6437 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
6438 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
6439 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
6440 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.
6441
6442 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
6443 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
6444 arrays of various size integers from the target,
6445 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
6446 The target being debugged may
6447 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
6448 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
6449 each supported by a command:
6450
6451 @itemize
6452 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
6453 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
6454 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
6455 finding out how some fault was triggered.
6456
6457 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
6458 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
6459 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
6460
6461 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
6462 and then displayed at any time.
6463 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
6464
6465 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
6466 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
6467 @end itemize
6468
6469 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
6470 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
6471 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
6472 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
6473 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
6474 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
6475 does the same thing.
6476
6477 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
6478 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
6479 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
6480 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
6481 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
6482
6483 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
6484 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
6485 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
6486 @end deffn
6487
6488 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
6489 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
6490 in the order they triggered.
6491 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
6492 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
6493 history records.
6494 @end deffn
6495
6496 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
6497 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
6498 they have been triggered.
6499 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
6500 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
6501 and associates it with that identifier.
6502
6503 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
6504 are not related except by this command.
6505 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
6506 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
6507 @end deffn
6508
6509
6510 @node JTAG Commands
6511 @chapter JTAG Commands
6512 @cindex JTAG Commands
6513 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
6514 (@xref{JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
6515 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
6516 may be needed to work with targets which require special
6517 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
6518
6519 To use these commands you will need to understand some
6520 of the basics of JTAG, including:
6521
6522 @itemize @bullet
6523 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
6524 devices such as a CPUs.
6525 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
6526 standard state machine (in parallel)
6527 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
6528 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
6529 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
6530 while the reading previous ones.
6531 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
6532 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
6533 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
6534 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
6535 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
6536 registers.
6537 @end itemize
6538
6539 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
6540
6541 These commands are used by developers who need to access
6542 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
6543 the order of TAP state transitions.
6544 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
6545 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
6546 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
6547
6548 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6549 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
6550 that specify the entire register.
6551 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
6552 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
6553 The return value holds the original value of each
6554 of those fields.
6555
6556 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
6557 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
6558 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
6559 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
6560 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
6561
6562 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
6563 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
6564
6565 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6566 in that state.
6567 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
6568 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6569 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6570
6571 @quotation Warning
6572 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
6573 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
6574 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
6575 data registers, which may have different lengths.
6576 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
6577 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
6578 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
6579 (by connecting a different scan chain).
6580 @end quotation
6581 @end deffn
6582
6583 @deffn Command {flush_count}
6584 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
6585 This may be used for performance tuning.
6586
6587 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
6588 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
6589 not change with the amount of data which is written.
6590 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
6591 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
6592 instead of batching them into larger operations.
6593 @end deffn
6594
6595 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6596 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
6597 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
6598 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
6599 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
6600 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
6601
6602 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6603 in that state.
6604 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
6605 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6606 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6607
6608 @quotation Note
6609 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
6610 register values, unlike data register values.
6611 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
6612 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
6613 @end quotation
6614 @end deffn
6615
6616 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
6617 Set values of reset signals.
6618 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
6619 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
6620 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
6621 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
6622 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
6623 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
6624 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6625
6626 Note that TRST is specially handled.
6627 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
6628 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
6629 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
6630 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
6631 instead of the TRST signal.
6632 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
6633 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
6634 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
6635 with handlers for that event.
6636 @end deffn
6637
6638 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
6639 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
6640 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
6641 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
6642 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
6643 Then, in a series of single state transitions
6644 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
6645 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
6646 The final state must also be stable.
6647 @end deffn
6648
6649 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
6650 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
6651 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
6652 Instructions often need some time
6653 to execute before they take effect.
6654 @end deffn
6655
6656 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
6657 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
6658
6659 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6660 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
6661 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
6662 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
6663 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
6664 @end deffn
6665
6666 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6667 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
6668 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
6669 must also be enabled.
6670 Default is enabled.
6671 @end deffn
6672
6673 @section TAP state names
6674 @cindex TAP state names
6675
6676 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
6677 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
6678 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
6679 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
6680
6681 @itemize @bullet
6682 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
6683 acts as if TRST were pulsed
6684 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
6685 @item @b{DRSELECT}
6686 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
6687 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6688 through the data register
6689 @item @b{DREXIT1}
6690 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
6691 for update or more shifting
6692 @item @b{DREXIT2}
6693 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
6694 @item @b{IRSELECT}
6695 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
6696 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6697 through the instruction register
6698 @item @b{IREXIT1}
6699 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
6700 for update or more shifting
6701 @item @b{IREXIT2}
6702 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
6703 @end itemize
6704
6705 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
6706 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
6707 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
6708 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
6709
6710 @itemize @bullet
6711 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
6712 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
6713 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
6714 may not be as expected.
6715 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
6716 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
6717 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
6718 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
6719 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
6720 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
6721 @end itemize
6722
6723 @node Boundary Scan Commands
6724 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
6725
6726 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
6727 boundary scan based hardware testing.
6728 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
6729 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
6730
6731 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
6732 @cindex Serial Vector Format
6733 @cindex SVF
6734
6735 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
6736 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
6737 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6738
6739 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
6740 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6741 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
6742 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6743 each command is logged before it is executed.
6744 @end deffn
6745
6746 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6747 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6748 @cindex XSVF
6749
6750 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
6751 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
6752 Xilinx devices.
6753 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6754
6755 @quotation Important
6756 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
6757 @end quotation
6758
6759 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
6760 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6761 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
6762 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
6763 that TAP.
6764 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
6765 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
6766 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6767 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
6768 @end deffn
6769
6770 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
6771 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
6772 after building the software.
6773 You may find them useful:
6774
6775 @itemize
6776 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
6777 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
6778 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
6779 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
6780 @end itemize
6781
6782 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
6783 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
6784 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
6785 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
6786 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
6787 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
6788 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
6789
6790
6791 @node TFTP
6792 @chapter TFTP
6793 @cindex TFTP
6794 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
6795 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
6796
6797 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
6798 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
6799 server (tftpd). For example,
6800
6801 @example
6802 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
6803 @end example
6804
6805 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
6806 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
6807
6808 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
6809 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
6810 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
6811 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
6812
6813 @node GDB and OpenOCD
6814 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
6815 @cindex GDB
6816 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
6817 to debug remote targets.
6818 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
6819
6820 @itemize
6821 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
6822 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
6823 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
6824 as shown in this chapter.
6825 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
6826 that also will probably need to be configured.
6827 @end itemize
6828
6829 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
6830 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
6831 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
6832 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
6833 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
6834 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
6835
6836 @anchor{Connecting to GDB}
6837 @section Connecting to GDB
6838 @cindex Connecting to GDB
6839 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
6840 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
6841 errors, which has since been fixed; see
6842 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
6843
6844 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
6845
6846 @enumerate
6847 @item
6848 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
6849 @example
6850 target remote localhost:3333
6851 @end example
6852 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
6853 @item
6854 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
6855 @example
6856 target remote | openocd --pipe
6857 @end example
6858 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
6859 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
6860 session.
6861 @end enumerate
6862
6863 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
6864 GDB command line.
6865
6866 @section Sample GDB session startup
6867
6868 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
6869 than they do when you're debugging locally.
6870 Here's an examples showing how to start a debug session with a
6871 small ARM program.
6872 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
6873 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
6874
6875 @example
6876 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
6877 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
6878 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
6879 ...
6880 (gdb) monitor reset halt
6881 ...
6882 (gdb) load
6883 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
6884 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
6885 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
6886 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
6887 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
6888 (gdb) continue
6889 Continuing.
6890 ...
6891 @end example
6892
6893 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
6894 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
6895 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
6896 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
6897
6898 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
6899
6900 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
6901 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
6902 packet size and the device's memory map.
6903 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
6904 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
6905 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
6906
6907 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
6908 You may need to set those up by hand.
6909 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
6910 something like:
6911
6912 @example
6913 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
6914 @end example
6915
6916 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
6917
6918 @example
6919 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
6920 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
6921 @end example
6922
6923 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
6924 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
6925 do not have such restrictions.
6926
6927 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
6928 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
6929 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
6930
6931 @example
6932 define hook-step
6933 mon cortex_m3 maskisr on
6934 end
6935 define hookpost-step
6936 mon cortex_m3 maskisr off
6937 end
6938 @end example
6939
6940 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
6941 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
6942 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
6943 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
6944
6945 @section Programming using GDB
6946 @cindex Programming using GDB
6947
6948 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
6949 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
6950 @example
6951 gdb_memory_map disable
6952 @end example
6953 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
6954 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
6955 working area.
6956
6957 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
6958 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
6959 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
6960 using a memory map. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
6961
6962 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
6963 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
6964
6965 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
6966 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
6967 @example
6968 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
6969 @end example
6970
6971 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
6972 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
6973
6974 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
6975 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
6976 will be used.
6977
6978 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
6979 script can be executed:
6980 @example
6981 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
6982 @end example
6983
6984 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
6985 can be used.
6986
6987 @node Tcl Scripting API
6988 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
6989 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
6990 @cindex Tcl scripts
6991 @section API rules
6992
6993 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
6994 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
6995 information as an argument to each proc.
6996
6997 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
6998 pair list and lists.
6999
7000 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
7001 list.
7002
7003 @verbatim
7004
7005 > set foo(me) Duane
7006 > set foo(you) Oyvind
7007 > set foo(mouse) Micky
7008 > set foo(duck) Donald
7009
7010 If one does this:
7011
7012 > set foo
7013
7014 The result is:
7015
7016 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
7017
7018 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
7019
7020 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
7021 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
7022 }
7023 @end verbatim
7024
7025 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
7026 should be passed in to the proc in question.
7027
7028 @section Internal low-level Commands
7029
7030 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
7031
7032 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
7033 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
7034 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
7035
7036 @itemize @bullet
7037 @item @b{ocd_mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7038
7039 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
7040 @item @b{ocd_array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7041
7042 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
7043 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
7044
7045 Return information about the flash banks
7046 @end itemize
7047
7048 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
7049 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
7050 called "flash_banks".
7051
7052 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
7053
7054 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
7055 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
7056 holds one of the following values:
7057
7058 @itemize @bullet
7059 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
7060 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
7061 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
7062 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
7063 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
7064 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
7065 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
7066 @end itemize
7067
7068 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
7069
7070 @quotation Note
7071 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
7072 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
7073 @code{jim_platform} (because it
7074 is jim, not real tcl).
7075 @end quotation
7076
7077 @node FAQ
7078 @chapter FAQ
7079 @cindex faq
7080 @enumerate
7081 @anchor{FAQ RTCK}
7082 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
7083 @cindex RTCK
7084 @cindex adaptive clocking
7085 @*
7086
7087 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
7088 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
7089 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
7090 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
7091
7092 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
7093 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
7094 for example. There are 2 basic options:
7095 @enumerate
7096 @item
7097 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
7098 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
7099 @item
7100 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
7101 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
7102 @end enumerate
7103
7104 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
7105 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
7106 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
7107 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
7108 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
7109 power).
7110
7111 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
7112 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
7113 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
7114 ARM926 scenario).
7115 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
7116 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
7117 JTAG can use a faster clock.
7118
7119 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
7120 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
7121 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
7122 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
7123
7124 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
7125
7126 In order to make use of this,
7127 both your CPU and your JTAG dongle must support the RTCK
7128 feature. Not all dongles support this - keep reading!
7129
7130 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
7131 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
7132 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
7133 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
7134 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
7135
7136 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
7137 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
7138 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
7139 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
7140
7141 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
7142 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
7143 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
7144 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
7145 with a CPLD.
7146 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
7147 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
7148 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
7149 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
7150 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
7151 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
7152
7153 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
7154
7155 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
7156
7157 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
7158 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
7159 depending on the chips on your board.
7160 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
7161 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
7162 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
7163
7164 Note: Many FTDI2232C based JTAG dongles are limited to 6MHz.
7165
7166 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
7167 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
7168 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
7169 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
7170
7171 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
7172 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
7173 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
7174 this way.
7175
7176 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
7177 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
7178 clock rate.
7179 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
7180 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
7181 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
7182
7183 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
7184
7185 @example
7186 # Example: 1.234MHz
7187 jtag_khz 1234
7188 @end example
7189
7190
7191 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
7192
7193 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
7194 around Windows filenames.
7195
7196 @example
7197 > echo \a
7198
7199 > echo @{\a@}
7200 \a
7201 > echo "\a"
7202
7203 >
7204 @end example
7205
7206
7207 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
7208
7209 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
7210 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
7211 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
7212
7213 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
7214 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
7215 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
7216
7217 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
7218 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
7219 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
7220
7221 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
7222
7223 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
7224 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
7225 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
7226 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
7227
7228 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
7229 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
7230 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
7231
7232 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
7233 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
7234
7235 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
7236 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
7237 memory read caused data abort".
7238
7239 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
7240 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
7241 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
7242 be done, feel free to add this here.
7243
7244 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
7245 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
7246 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
7247 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
7248 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
7249 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
7250 gracefully stops.
7251
7252 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
7253 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
7254 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
7255
7256 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
7257 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
7258 bytes. Painful...
7259
7260
7261 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
7262 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
7263
7264 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
7265 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
7266 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
7267 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
7268 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
7269 reset, everything else should work fine.
7270
7271 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
7272 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
7273 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
7274 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
7275
7276 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
7277 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
7278 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
7279 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
7280
7281 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
7282
7283 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
7284 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
7285 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
7286 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7287
7288 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
7289 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
7290 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
7291 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
7292
7293 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
7294 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
7295 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7296
7297 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
7298 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
7299
7300 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
7301 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
7302 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank lpc2000
7303 0x0 0x40000 0 0 0 lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
7304 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
7305 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
7306 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
7307 clock frequency?
7308
7309 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
7310 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
7311 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
7312 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
7313 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
7314
7315 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
7316
7317 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
7318 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
7319 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
7320 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
7321 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
7322 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
7323 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
7324
7325 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
7326
7327 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
7328 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
7329 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
7330 up DRAM and loading it with code.
7331
7332 @anchor{FAQ TAP Order}
7333 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
7334 particular order?
7335
7336 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
7337 the same order used by the hardware.
7338
7339 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
7340 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
7341 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
7342 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
7343 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
7344 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
7345
7346 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
7347 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
7348 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
7349 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
7350
7351 @itemize @bullet
7352 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
7353 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
7354 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
7355 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
7356 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
7357 @end itemize
7358
7359 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
7360
7361 @itemize @bullet
7362 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
7363 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
7364 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
7365 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
7366 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
7367 @end itemize
7368
7369
7370 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
7371 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
7372 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
7373
7374 TODO.
7375
7376 @end enumerate
7377
7378 @node Tcl Crash Course
7379 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
7380 @cindex Tcl
7381
7382 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
7383 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
7384 how the Tcl scripts work.
7385
7386 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
7387 who need to understand a bit more of how JIM-Tcl works so they can do
7388 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
7389 OpenOCD.
7390
7391 @section Tcl Rule #1
7392 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
7393 @enumerate
7394 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
7395 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7396 @end enumerate
7397
7398 The Tcl equal is this:
7399
7400 @enumerate
7401 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
7402 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7403 @end enumerate
7404
7405 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
7406 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
7407
7408 @section Tcl Rule #1b
7409 There is a second pair of rules.
7410 @enumerate
7411 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
7412 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
7413 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
7414 in Tcl.
7415 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7416 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
7417 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
7418 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
7419 @end enumerate
7420
7421 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
7422 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
7423 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
7424 Everything is a string}
7425
7426 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
7427 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
7428 difference is subtle.
7429 @enumerate
7430 @item Parse Time
7431 @item Evaluation Time
7432 @end enumerate
7433
7434 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
7435 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
7436 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
7437
7438 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
7439 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
7440 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
7441 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
7442
7443 @itemize @bullet
7444 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
7445 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
7446 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
7447 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
7448 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
7449 @example
7450 # bash example
7451 X=`date`
7452 echo "The Date is: $X"
7453 # Tcl example
7454 set X [date]
7455 puts "The Date is: $X"
7456 @end example
7457 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
7458 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
7459 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
7460 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
7461 is a string}
7462 @example
7463 set x "Dinner"
7464 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
7465 @end example
7466 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
7467 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
7468 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
7469 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
7470 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
7471 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
7472 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
7473 @end itemize
7474
7475 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
7476
7477 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
7478
7479 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
7480
7481 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
7482 the normal way.
7483
7484 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
7485 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
7486 line is immedatly executed.
7487
7488 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
7489 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
7490
7491 @subsection Command Execution
7492
7493 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
7494 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
7495 control flow operators.
7496
7497 Commands are executed like this:
7498
7499 @enumerate
7500 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
7501 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
7502 @item Repeat until End Of File.
7503 @end enumerate
7504
7505 It sort of works like this:
7506 @example
7507 for(;;)@{
7508 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
7509
7510 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
7511
7512 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
7513 @}
7514 @end example
7515
7516 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
7517 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
7518 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
7519 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
7520 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
7521 ``LookupCommand()''
7522
7523 @subsection The FOR command
7524
7525 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
7526 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
7527 command just like any other command.
7528
7529 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
7530 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
7531 are:
7532
7533 @enumerate 0
7534 @item The ascii text 'for'
7535 @item The start text
7536 @item The test expression
7537 @item The next text
7538 @item The body text
7539 @end enumerate
7540
7541 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
7542 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
7543 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
7544 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
7545
7546 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
7547 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
7548
7549 @example
7550 int
7551 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
7552 int *argc,
7553 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
7554 @end example
7555
7556 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
7557 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
7558 still operates in the same basic way.
7559
7560 @subsection FOR command implementation
7561
7562 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
7563 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
7564
7565 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
7566
7567 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
7568
7569 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
7570 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
7571 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
7572
7573 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
7574 expression and returns a value.
7575
7576 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
7577 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
7578 @example
7579 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
7580
7581 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
7582
7583 int
7584 MyForCommand( void *interp,
7585 int argc,
7586 char **argv )
7587 @{
7588 if( argc != 5 )@{
7589 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
7590 return ERROR;
7591 @}
7592
7593 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
7594
7595 // Execute the start statement.
7596 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
7597
7598 // Top of loop test
7599 for(;;)@{
7600 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
7601 if( i == 0 )
7602 break;
7603
7604 // Execute the body
7605 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
7606
7607 // Execute the LOOP part
7608 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
7609 @}
7610
7611 // Return no error
7612 SetResult( interp, "" );
7613 return SUCCESS;
7614 @}
7615 @end example
7616
7617 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
7618 in the same basic way.
7619
7620 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
7621
7622 @subsection source and find commands
7623 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
7624 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
7625 @*Remember the parsing rules
7626 @enumerate
7627 @item The FIND command is in square brackets.
7628 @* The FIND command is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should
7629 find the full path to the named file. The RESULT is a string, which is
7630 substituted on the orginal command line.
7631 @item The command source is executed with the resulting filename.
7632 @* SOURCE reads a file and executes as a script.
7633 @end enumerate
7634 @subsection format command
7635 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
7636 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
7637 @b{sprintf()}.
7638 @b{Example}
7639 @example
7640 set x 6
7641 set y 7
7642 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
7643 @end example
7644 @enumerate
7645 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
7646 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
7647 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
7648 @* Refer to Rule #1
7649 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
7650 @* Refer to Rule #1.
7651 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
7652 @end enumerate
7653 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
7654 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
7655 @example
7656 #1 Good
7657 proc someproc @{@} @{
7658 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
7659 @}
7660 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
7661 #2 Good - no variables
7662 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
7663 #3 Good Curly Braces
7664 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
7665 puts "Time: [date]"
7666 @}
7667 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
7668 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
7669 @end example
7670 @enumerate
7671 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
7672 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
7673 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
7674 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
7675 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
7676 command.
7677 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
7678 @*There are 4 examples:
7679 @enumerate
7680 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
7681 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
7682 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
7683 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
7684 @end enumerate
7685
7686 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
7687 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
7688 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
7689
7690 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
7691 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
7692 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
7693 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
7694 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
7695 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
7696 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
7697 @end enumerate
7698 @subsection Global Variables
7699 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
7700 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
7701 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
7702 @example
7703 proc myproc @{ @} @{
7704 set y 0 #Local variable Y
7705 global x #Global variable X
7706 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
7707 @}
7708 @end example
7709 @section Other Tcl Hacks
7710 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
7711 @example
7712 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
7713 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
7714 # Create var name
7715 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
7716 # Make it a global
7717 global $vn
7718 # Set it.
7719 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
7720 @}
7721 @end example
7722 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
7723 @example
7724 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
7725 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
7726 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
7727 @}
7728 @end example
7729
7730 @include fdl.texi
7731
7732 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
7733 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
7734 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
7735 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
7736 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
7737 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
7738
7739 @printindex cp
7740
7741 @node Command and Driver Index
7742 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
7743 @printindex fn
7744
7745 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)